Orion Energy Systems
Annual Report 2015

Plain-text annual report

Orion Energy Systems, Inc. Shareholders’ Letter and Annual Report on Form 10-K Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2015 Dear Valued Shareholder, To our new shareholders, welcome to Orion. You are now part of an energetic and innovative company with a bright future. And to our shareholders who have been part of past growth and achievements, I thank you for your continued support and confidence in our vision. The commercial and industrial lighting market is experiencing a radical shift to LED far more rapidly than anyone could have predicted. The market Orion built its foundation on – industrial high-bay fluo- rescent lighting – is quickly disappearing. Industry analysts report that LED light penetration across the global lighting market will exceed 60% by 2020, and this may well be a conservative estimate for the retrofit space. Our LED sales have increased dramatically, reaching a tipping point by the end of fiscal 2015 to the extent that LED fixtures accounted for well over half of our total lighting product revenue in fiscal 2015. It’s now a market imperative that we progress our business, better aligning the company for success to capitalize on the exponential growth of LED technology. The fundamentals of Orion have improved each quarter since April 2014. Sales, operating cash, gross margins, operating margins, and plant effi- ciency all have seen improvement. While fiscal 2015 was the most challenging year we have seen in a decade, we nonetheless persevered and began fiscal 2016 in a great financial position. Our pipeline of new business, our sales forecasts, our backlog, our productivity, our product offerings, and our management team have never been stronger. Operational Highlights of Fiscal 2015 With 65 years of combined lighting installation experience, Orion and Harris have completed well in excess of 35,000 fluorescent lighting technology projects for customers, including 174 of the Fortune 500. This built-in customer base has begun the migration to LED, creating a significant opportunity for LED retrofits throughout our markets. Notably during the year, we secured large sales commitments in the automotive, food service, healthcare and public sectors, including Ford Motor Company, Sysco Foods, PepsiCo, USPS, Cardinal Health and numerous other medical facilities and school districts. As part of repositioning as a leader in LED retrofit lighting solutions, our October rebranding initiative represented the new direction for the company as we expanded our LED suite of solutions to include new high bay, interior and exterior products, including Orion’s exclusive ISON technology. We are already well known for thoughtful, integrated lighting solutions and consistently win business over larger competitors by offering a faster return on investment due to improved light delivery, industry leading ship times, and more efficient installation. The LDR is a prime example, and its new patent brings the company’s total patent portfolio to 62, with 41 additional patents pending globally. New LED chip efficiencies have continued to increase while input costs have fallen, providing momentum in sales and an uptick in margins. To reduce production costs in our manufacturing facility, we continue to aggressively focus on cost containment initiatives related to material product costs, restructure production overhead services, complete initiatives to lower “cost of quality”, and imple- ment lean manufacturing methodologies. To reduce product costs overall, we are leveraging capa- bilities of our contract manufacturing partners for both components and finished good manufacturing to increase quality and reduce cost when their capability is a better fit for the product line. Our network of key regional resellers increased from 30 to 102 during the fiscal year. This increasingly engaged nationwide team provides invaluable leverage, driving sales by cultivating customer relation- ships and providing expert education around the benefits of Orion’s technology platforms over our competitors. We successfully secured a new and more flexible credit facility that provides us with the capital struc- ture and flexibility to grow our operations. This facility provides an asset-based lending structure that best suits the expected growth in our business and will provide the liquidity required for our anticipated working capital needs. Lastly, we completed a $19.1 million follow-on public common stock offering, providing an additional funding source supporting our significant customer order pipeline in the government, public school and municipal retrofit sectors and our ongoing pursuit of potential acquisition opportunities that make sense in terms of operating capabilities, product design, revenue, accretive earnings and customer support. In addition to the capital infusion, this offering has added several new institutional investors with long- term perspectives. These new investors broaden our shareholder base and the new shares outstanding increase our float – all attributes that help to improve the market for our shares. Financial Highlights Total revenue was $72.2 million for fiscal 2015, compared to $88.6 million in the prior fiscal year. Approximately $20.2 million of the decrease in revenues year-over-year was the result of the expected lower revenues from our phased out non-core solar energy business. This decrease was partially offset by a $3.8 million increase in lighting revenues from our ongoing transition to an LED-driven sales platform. We reported a net loss for fiscal 2015 of $(32.1) million, or $(1.43) per share, versus a net loss of $(6.2) million, or $(0.30) per share during the prior fiscal year. As of March 31, 2015, our lighting backlog was $6.9 million in LED and high-intensity fluorescent (HIF) lighting orders, compared to a lighting backlog of $1.6 million at the close of fiscal 2014. Outlook for Fiscal 2016 With the necessary corporate turnaround behind us and our HIF to LED transition in full swing, Orion is streamlining operations to fully align and support anticipated accelerating sales within the new LED business environment. We continue to build a culture of performance, illustrated by the commitment to deliver products and services in a fashion that is uniquely retrofit, and one that claims the best customer experience in the industry. Our sales and marketing automation initiative is in full scale development, further enhancing sales productivity, forecast accuracy, and customer responsiveness and satisfaction. In addition, the June opening of our new product development and testing Innovation Hub in downtown Chicago will keep us on the competitive forefront of the growing market. Most important is Orion’s commitment to delivering profitable results. For fiscal 2016, our compensation plans, management objectives, and business systems are all tied to achieving profitable growth. Our true north is delivering the results that our shareholders expect. Conclusion We believe that we have sized our operations to generate cash and net income in fiscal 2016 and that we have the products, capital structure, talent and sales engine to take full advantage of the rapidly expanding LED market opportunities ahead of us. On behalf of Orion’s management team, Board of Directors, and employees, I thank you for your continued support. Best regards, John Scribante Chief Executive Officer Orion Energy Systems June 2015 [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 È ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES Form 10-K EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015 or ‘ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 For the transition period from to Commission File Number: 001-33887 Orion Energy Systems, Inc. (Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter) Wisconsin (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 2210 Woodland Drive, Manitowoc, WI (Address of principal executive offices) 39-1847269 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 54220 (Zip Code) (920) 892-9340 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the act: Title of Each Class Common stock, no par value Common stock purchase rights Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered NYSE MKT LLC NYSE MKT LLC Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the act: None Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ‘ No È Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes ‘ No È Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been sub- ject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes È No ‘ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files. Yes È No ‘ Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ‘ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one): Large accelerated filer ‘ Accelerated filer ‘ Non-accelerated filer ‘ (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company È Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ‘ No È The aggregate market value of shares of the Registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates as of September 30, 2014, the last business day of the Registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $84.6 million. As of June 5, 2015, there were 27,551,188 shares of the Registrant’s common stock outstanding. Portions of the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on August 5, 2015 are incorporated herein by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements that are based on our beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to us. When used in this Form 10-K, the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements. Although we believe that our plans, intentions, and expectations reflected in any forward-looking statements are reasonable, these plans, intentions or expectations are based on assumptions, are subject to risks and uncertainties, and may not be achieved. These statements are based on assumptions made by us based on our experience and perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors that we believe are appropriate under the current circumstances. Such statements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. Our actual results, performance or achievements could differ materially from those contemplated, expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K. Important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements. Given these uncertainties, you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Also, forward-looking statements represent our beliefs and assumptions only as of the date of this Form 10-K, including particularly the Risk Factors described under Part I. Item 1A of this Form 10-K. All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements set forth in this Form 10-K. Actual events, results and outcomes may differ materially from our expectations due to a variety of factors. Although it is not possible to identify all of these factors, they include, among others, the following: ‰ our development of, and participation in, new product and technology offerings or applications, including customer acceptance of our new light emitting diode, or LED, product lines; ‰ deterioration of market conditions, including our dependence on customers’ capital budgets for sales of products and services; ‰ our ability to compete and execute our strategy in a highly competitive market and our ability to respond successfully to market competition; ‰ our ability to successfully implement our strategy of focusing on lighting solutions using new LED tech- nologies in lieu of traditional HIF lighting upon which our business has historically relied; ‰ our ability to realize expected cost savings from our transition to focusing on new LED technologies; ‰ our ability to successfully complete and fund potential future acquisitions; ‰ our increasing reliance on third parties for the manufacturing and development of products and product components; ‰ our ability to achieve and sustain profitability; ‰ our ability to effectively manage the growth of our business, including expansion of our business interna- tionally through our Orion distribution services division; ‰ adverse developments with respect to litigation and other legal matters that we are subject to; ‰ our failure to comply with the covenants in our revolving credit agreement; ‰ increasing duration of customer sales cycles; ‰ fluctuating quarterly results of operations as we focus on new LED technologies; ‰ the market acceptance of our products and services; ‰ our ability to recruit and hire sales talent to increase our in-market sales; ‰ price fluctuations, shortages or interruptions of component supplies and raw materials used to manufacture our products; ‰ loss of one or more key customers or suppliers, including key contacts at such customers; ‰ our ability to effectively manage our product inventory to provide our products to customers on a timely basis; ‰ a reduction in the price of electricity; 2 ‰ the cost to comply with, and the effects of, any current and future government regulations, laws and poli- cies; ‰ increased competition from government subsidies and utility incentive programs; ‰ the availability of additional debt financing and/or equity capital; and ‰ potential warranty claims. You are urged to carefully consider these factors and the other factors described under Part I. Item 1A. “Risk Factors” when evaluating any forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, we assume no obligation to update any forward-looking statements publicly or to update the reasons why actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in any forward- looking statements, even if new information becomes available in the future. 3 ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2015 Table of Contents PART I Item 1. Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 1A Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 1B Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 2 Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 3 Item 4 Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PART II Item 5 Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 6 Item 7 Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations . . . . . Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 8 Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure . . . . . Item 9 Item 9A Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 9B Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . PART III Item 10 Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 11 Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 12 Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 13 Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Principal Accountant Fees and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Item 14 Page 5 16 25 25 25 25 26 29 30 56 58 95 95 96 96 96 96 96 96 Item 15 Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 100 PART IV 4 ITEM 1. BUSINESS As used herein, unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires, all references to “Orion,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “Company” and similar references are to Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. Overview We are a leading designer and manufacturer of high performance, energy efficient lighting platforms. We research, develop, design, manufacture, market, sell and implement energy management systems consisting primarily of high-performance, energy efficient commercial and industrial interior and exterior lighting systems and related services. Our products are targeted for applications in three primary market segments: commercial office and retail, area lighting and industrial high bay, although we do sell and install products into other markets. Virtually all of our sales occur within North America. We are primarily focused on providing commercial and industrial facilities lighting retrofit solutions in North America using new solid state light emitting diode (“LED”) technology. Our principal customers include national accounts, energy service companies, electrical contractors and electrical distributors. Currently, sub- stantially all of our products are manufactured at our production facility location in Wisconsin, although we are increasingly sourcing products and components from third parties as the LED market continues to evolve in order to have versatility in our product development. While we continue to provide solutions and support using our legacy high intensity fluorescent (“HIF”) technology, we believe the market for lighting products is currently in a significant technology shift to LED lighting systems. Compared to legacy lighting systems, we believe that LED lighting technology allows for better optical performance, significantly reduced maintenance costs due to performance longevity and reduced energy consumption. Due to their size and flexibility in application we also believe that LED lighting systems can address opportunities for retrofit applications that cannot be satisfied by fluorescent or other legacy technologies. We expect our LED lighting technologies to become the primary component of our future revenue as we strive to be the leader in the industry transition to LED lighting technology. According to a May 2013 United States Department of Energy report, we estimate the potential North American LED retrofit market within our key product categories to be approximately 1.1 billion lighting fixtures. In fiscal 2015, our LED lighting sales totaled $30.8 million or 47.8% of our total lighting product revenue, compared to $4.8 million or 8.1% of our total light- ing product revenue for fiscal 2014. We previously marketed and implemented renewable energy systems consisting primarily of solar generat- ing photovoltaic, or PV, systems and wind turbines. During fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, we experienced a sig- nificant reduction in new solar PV orders. We attribute this to reduced cash incentives and declining pricing in the renewable energy credit markets. During fiscal 2014, we deemphasized our efforts to obtain new PV con- struction contracts and focused on the completion of previously received orders within our solar backlog, which has decreased from $36.1 million at the beginning of our fiscal 2013 year to $0.2 million as of March 31, 2015. We expect this trend to continue through fiscal 2016. In response to this solar order decline and our decision not to pursue new PV orders, we redeployed personnel to focus on the opportunities within the LED retrofit market. Reportable Segments Reportable segments are components of an entity that have separate financial data that the entity’s chief operating decision maker, or CODM, regularly reviews when allocating resources and assessing performance. Our CODM is our chief executive officer. Beginning in fiscal 2015, we reorganized our business into the following business segments: U.S. markets, Orion engineered systems and Orion distribution services. Our U.S. markets division focuses on selling our light- ing solutions into the wholesale markets. Its customers include domestic energy service companies and electrical contractors. Our Orion engineered systems division focuses on selling lighting products and construction and engineering services direct to end users. Additionally, Orion engineered systems will complete the construction management services related to existing contracted solar PV projects. Its customers include national accounts, 5 government, municipal and schools. Our Orion distribution services division focuses on selling our lighting products internationally and began to develop a network of broad line distributors. We began reporting under these new segments during our first quarter of fiscal 2015. Previously, as of March 31, 2014, we operated in two business segments, which we referred to as our energy management division and our engineered systems division. Historically, sales of all our lighting products and the related costs were combined through our energy management division and sales of our solar PV systems and the related costs were reported through our engineered systems division. For financial results by reportable segment, please refer to Note J, “Segment Data” in our consolidated finan- cial statements included in Item 8 of this Annual Report. U.S. Markets Division Our U.S. Markets division develops, manufactures and sells our commercial LED and HIF lighting systems and energy management systems to the wholesale markets. Our U.S. Markets customers include energy service companies, or ESCOs and electrical contractors. We have been increasing the number of our in-market sales force to focus on developing indirect customers which have represented a larger portion of our lighting revenue. We believe the effective expansion of our indirect customer base will help to increase our total revenue and operating profit due to the extent we are suc- cessful in increasing our overall market coverage and awareness in regional and local markets. In fiscal 2015, we generated approximately 55% of our revenues from such indirect sales, compared to 63% in fiscal 2014 and 59% in fiscal 2013. Engineered Systems Division Our engineered systems division develops, manufactures, sells and provides technical services for the sale of our commercial LED and HIF lighting and energy management systems. Additionally, our engineered systems division also completes the construction management services related to existing contracted solar PV projects. In fiscal 2015, we generated approximately 45% of our lighting revenue in this segment through direct sales relationships with end users, compared to 37% in fiscal 2014 and 41% in fiscal 2013. During fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, we experienced a significant reduction in new solar PV orders within this division. We attributed this to reduced cash incentives and declining pricing in the renewable energy credit markets. During fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, we deemphasized our efforts to obtain new PV construction contracts and focused on the completion of previously received orders within our solar backlog. We expect this trend to continue through fiscal 2016. In response to this solar order decline and our de-emphasis on pursuing new PV orders, we redeployed personnel to focus on the opportunities within our energy management division. Distribution Services Division Our Orion distribution services division focuses on selling our lighting products internationally and has been developing a network of broad line distributors. Our distribution services division did not have significant activ- ity during fiscal 2015. Our Market Opportunity We are primarily focused on providing commercial and industrial facilities lighting retrofit solutions in North America using new solid state LED technology. While we continue to provide solutions using our legacy HIF technology, we believe the market for lighting products is currently in a significant technology shift to LED lighting systems. Compared to legacy lighting systems, we believe that LED lighting technology allows for better optical performance, significantly reduced maintenance costs due to performance longevity and reduced energy consumption. Due to their size and flexibility in application we also believe that LED lighting systems can address opportunities for retrofit applications that cannot be satisfied by fluorescent or other legacy technologies. 6 Our energy management systems deliver energy savings and efficiency gains to our commercial and industrial customers without compromising their quantity or quality of light. We estimate that our LED and HIF energy management systems reduce our customers’ lighting-related electricity costs by approximately 50% to 80%, while increasing their quantity of light by approximately 50% and improving lighting quality when replac- ing traditional high intensity discharge, or HID, fixtures. Our customers typically realize a one-to-three-year payback period from electricity cost savings generated by our LED and HIF lighting systems without considering utility incentives or government subsidies. We have sold and installed our LED and HIF fixtures in over 11,900 facilities across North America, representing approximately 1.9 billion square feet of commercial and industrial building space, including for 174 Fortune 500 companies. We believe that energy efficient lighting systems are cost-effective and environmentally responsible sol- utions allowing end users to reduce operating expenses. According to a May 2013 report published by the United States Department of Energy, or DOE, we estimate the potential North American HIF and LED retrofit market within our primary markets to be approximately 1.1 billion lighting fixtures. Our primary markets are: (i) commercial office and retail, (ii) area lighting and (iii) industrial high bay. Commercial office and retail. Our commercial office and retail market includes commercial office buildings, retail store fronts, government offices, schools and other buildings with traditional ten to 12 foot ceiling heights. The DOE estimates that there are approximately 957 million office troffer fixtures within the United States, which is a rectangular light fixture that fits into a modular dropped ceiling grid. We believe we have the opportunity to increase our revenue by serving this market with our LED Door Retrofit, or LDRTM, lighting solutions. Area lighting. Our market for area lighting includes parking garages, surface lots, automobile dealerships and gas service stations. The DOE estimates that there are approximately 54 million area lighting fixtures within the United States. Industrial high bay. Our market for industrial facilities includes manufacturing facilities, distribution and warehouse facilities, government buildings and agricultural buildings. These facilities typically contain “high bay” lighting fixtures. The DOE estimates that there are approximately 67 million high bay fixtures within the United States. We estimate that approximately 50% of this market still utilizes inefficient HID lighting tech- nologies. Commercial and industrial facilities in the United States employ a variety of lighting technologies, including HID, traditional fluorescents, LED and incandescent lighting fixtures. In a 2014 report, the DOE estimated that these facilities represent approximately 30% of all lighting installations, but are responsible for well over half of the total electricity consumption for all lighting in the United States. Our LED and HIF lighting systems typically replace HID and HIF fixtures, which operate inefficiently because, according to the Electric Power Research Institute, or EPRI, HID fixtures only convert approximately 36% of the energy they consume into visible light. We estimate our HIF and LED lighting systems generally reduce lighting-related electricity costs by approx- imately 50% to 80% compared to HID fixtures, while increasing the quantity of light by approximately 50% and improving lighting quality. We believe that utilities within the United States recognize the importance of energy efficiency as an eco- nomical means to manage capacity constraints and as a low-cost alternative when compared to the construction costs of building new power plants. Accordingly, many of these utilities are continually focused on demand reduction through energy efficiency. According to our research of individual state and utility programs, 49 states, through legislation, regulation or voluntary action, have seen their utilities design and fund programs that pro- mote or deliver energy efficiency. In fact, as of May 31, 2015, only Alaska does not have some form of utility or state energy efficiency programs for any of their commercial or industrial customers. Our energy management products are not solely dependent upon these incentive programs, but we do believe that these incentive programs provide an important benefit as our customers evaluate their out-of-pocket cash investments. Our Solution 50/50 Value Proposition. We estimate our industrial high-bay lighting systems generally reduce lighting- related electricity costs by approximately 50% to 80% compared to legacy fixtures, while increasing the quantity 7 of light by approximately 50% and improving lighting quality. In the commercial office and retail markets, we estimate our lighting systems generally reduce electricity costs by 50%. From December 1, 2001 through March 31, 2015, we believe that the use of our HIF and LED fixtures has saved our customers $3.1 billion in electricity costs and reduced their energy consumption by 40.5 billion kWh. Multi-Facility Roll-Out Capability. We offer our customers a single source, turn-key solution for project implementation in which we manage and maintain responsibility for entire multi-facility roll-outs of our energy management solutions across North American commercial and industrial facility portfolios. This capability allows us to offer our customers an orderly, timely and scheduled process for recognizing energy reductions and cost savings. Rapid Payback Period. In most retrofit projects where we replace HID and HIF fixtures, our customers typically realize a one-to-three year payback period on our lighting systems. These returns are achieved without considering utility incentives or government subsidies (although subsidies and incentives are continually being made available to our customers and us in connection with the installation of our systems that further shorten payback periods). Easy Installation, Implementation and Maintenance. Most of our HIF and LED fixtures are designed with a lightweight construction and modular plug-and-play architecture that allows for fast and easy installation, facilitates maintenance and allows for easy integration of other components of our energy management system. Our office LED LDRTM products are designed to allow for a fast and easy installation without disrupting the ceil- ing space or the office work space. We believe our system’s design reduces installation time and expense com- pared to other lighting solutions, which further improves our customers’ return on investment. We also believe that our use of standard components reduces our customers’ ongoing maintenance costs. Expanded Product Offerings. We have expanded our product offerings by acquiring and developing LED products for commercial office and retail, traditional interior high bay and exterior lighting applications. We have also introduced exterior lighting products for parking lot, parking garage and convenience store canopies illumi- nation, an LED product offering for freezer and cold storage applications, and a hybrid fixture combining the performance benefits of both LED and fluorescent bulb technologies. Comprehensive Energy Management System. Our comprehensive energy management system enables us to reduce our customers’ base and peak load electricity consumption. By replacing existing fixtures with our LED and HIF lighting systems, our customers permanently reduce base load electricity consumption while sig- nificantly increasing their quantity and quality of light. We can also add intelligence to the customer’s lighting system through the implementation of our InteLite wireless dynamic control devices. These devices allow our customers the ability to control and adjust their lighting and energy use levels based upon occupancy and type of occupancy (transient or sustained) for additional cost savings. Finally, we offer a further reduction in electricity consumption through the installation and integration of our ApolloTM Solar Light Pipe, which is a lens-based device that collects and redistributes renewable sunlight without consuming electricity. By integrating our Apol- loTM Solar Light Pipe and lighting system with the intelligence of our InteLite product line, the output and elec- tricity consumption of our lighting systems can be automatically adjusted based on the level of natural light being provided by our ApolloTM Solar Light Pipe and, in certain circumstances, our customers can illuminate their facili- ties and remain “off the grid” during peak hours of the day. Environmental Benefits. By allowing for the permanent reduction of electricity consumption, our energy management systems reduce indirect CO2 emissions that are a negative by-product of energy generation. We estimate that one of our LED or HIF lighting systems, when replacing a standard HID fixture, displaces 0.245 kW of electricity, which, based on information provided by the EPA, reduces a customer’s indirect CO2 emis- sions by approximately 1.2 tons per year. Based on these figures, we estimate that the use of our HIF and LED fixtures has reduced indirect CO2 emissions by approximately 25.9 million tons through March 31, 2015. Our Competitive Strengths Compelling Value Proposition. By permanently reducing lighting-related electricity usage, our systems enable our customers to achieve significant cost savings, without compromising the quantity or quality of light in 8 their facilities. As a result, our energy management systems offer our customers a rapid return on their invest- ment, without relying on government subsidies or utility incentives. We also offer our customers a single source solution whereby we manage and are responsible for the entire project, including installation, across the entire North American real estate portfolio. Our ability to offer such a turn-key, national solution allows us to deliver energy reductions and cost savings to our customers in timely, orderly and planned multi-facility roll-outs. Large and Growing Customer Base. We have developed a large and growing national customer base, and have installed our products in more than 11,900 commercial and industrial facilities across North America. We believe that the willingness of our blue-chip customers to install our products across multiple facilities represents a significant endorsement of our value proposition, which in turn helps us sell our energy management systems to new customers. We intend to leverage our expertise in managing projects across multiple facilities within our new LED product markets, which now include new customer opportunities with banks, insurance companies, hospitals, fast food chains, retail storefronts, grocery and pharmacies. Innovative Technology. We have developed a portfolio of 62 United States patents primarily covering various elements of our HIF and LED fixtures. We believe these innovations allow our HIF and LED fixtures to produce more light output per unit of input energy compared to competitive HIF and LED product offerings. We also have 40 patents pending that primarily cover various elements of our newly developed LED products and certain business methods. To complement our innovative energy management products, we have introduced integrated energy management services to provide our customers with a turnkey solution either at a single facility or across North American facility footprints. We believe that our demonstrated ability to innovate provides us with significant competitive advantages. We believe that our HIF and LED solutions offer significantly more light output as measured in foot-candles of light delivered per watt of electricity consumed when compared to HID or traditional fluorescent fixtures. Expanded Reseller Network. In addition to selling directly to commercial and industrial customers, we sell our lighting products and services indirectly to end users through wholesale sales to electrical contractors and energy service companies. We now have relationships with more than 100 resellers, some of whom are exclusive agents for our product lines. We intend to continue to selectively build out our reseller network in the future with a focus on geographic regions where we do not currently have a strong reseller or retail sales presence. Strong, Experienced Leadership Team. We have a strong and experienced senior management team led by our chief executive officer, John Scribante. Our senior leadership team of six individuals has a combined 62 years of experience with our company and a combined 77 years of experience in the lighting and energy management industries. Systematized Sales Process. We have invested substantial resources in the development of our sales proc- ess. We sell to our end user customers using a systematic multi-step sales process that focuses on our value proposition and provides our sales force with specific, identified tasks that govern their interactions with our customers from the point of lead generation through delivery of our products and services. Management of this process seeks to continually improve salesforce effectiveness while simultaneously improving salesforce effi- ciency. We also train select resellers to follow our systematic sales process, thereby extending our sales reach while making their businesses more effective. Innovative Financing Solutions. We have developed a financing program called the Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA. Our OTA is structured similarly to a supply contract under which we commit to deliver a set amount of energy savings to the customer at a fixed monthly rate. Our OTA program allows customers to deploy our energy management systems without having to make upfront investments or capital outlays. After the pre-determined amount of energy savings are delivered, our customers assume full ownership of the energy management system and benefit from the entire amount of energy savings over the remaining useful life of the technology. We believe the OTA allows us to capture customer sales opportunities that otherwise may not have occurred due to capital constraints. 9 Our Growth Strategies Emphasize LED Product and Market. We believe that the market for lighting products is currently experi- encing a significant technology shift to LED lighting systems. Accordingly, our primary focus in the future will be emphasizing our lighting retrofit solutions using new LED technologies. Develop New Sources of Revenue Through Expanded Product Offerings. We have expanded our role in the LED marketplace, and plan to increase sales of LED fixtures for commercial office and retail applications, schools and government buildings, freezer and cold-storage applications, exterior area applications, as well as high-bay interior applications. Leverage Existing Customer Base. Over the last several years, we have focused on expanding our relationships with our existing customers by transitioning from single-site facility implementations to compre- hensive enterprise-wide roll-outs of our HIF and LED lighting systems. We also intend to leverage our large installed base of HIF lighting systems to implement all aspects of our energy management system, particularly new LED lighting products, wireless controls, cloud-based power data analysis and storage capabilities for our existing customers. Pursue Acquisitions. In the future, we intend to pursue acquisition opportunities that will increase the breadth of our energy technologies, expand our customer base, or provide us entry into new markets. Expanded Reseller Network and Salesforce. In addition to selling directly to national account customers, we sell our lighting products and services indirectly to end users through wholesale sales to electrical contractors and energy service companies. We continue to build out our reseller network and we are also increasing our in- market sales force which generates revenue through our reseller channels. Continue to Improve Operational Efficiencies. We are focused on continually improving the efficiency of our operations to increase the profitability of our business and allow us to continue to deliver our compelling value proposition. Create a Culture to Support Growth. We are focused on establishing a corporate culture that embraces high-expectations and performance to continue to drive efficiency and deliver superior results to our customers. Products and Services Our lighting products consist primarily of LED and HIF lighting fixtures, although our primary focus in the future will be emphasizing our LED lighting fixtures. Currently, substantially all of our products are manufac- tured at our production facility location in Wisconsin, although we are increasingly sourcing products and components from third parties as the LED market continues to evolve in order to have versatility in our product development. We are focused on researching, developing and/or acquiring new LED products and technologies that are innovative in the retrofit markets, such as the LED door retrofit and exterior LED lighting products introduced in October 2014. We plan to focus our efforts into creating innovative LED retrofit products while continuing to market and sell legacy HIF solutions to customers in markets where LED technology adoption is in its infancy. Together with these products, we offer our customers a variety of integrated energy management services, such as system design, project management and installation. Products The following is a description of our primary products: The LED Door Retrofit: Our LED door retrofit, or LDRTM, product was obtained through our acquisition of Harris and was made available to the marketplace in January 2014. The LDRTM was expanded to include designs for architectural, industrial and contractor product lines. The LDRTM is designed to replace existing 4 foot by 2 foot and 2 foot by 2 foot fluorescent troffers that are frequently found in office or retail grid ceilings. Our LDRTM product is unique in that the LED optics and electronics are housed within the door frame which allows for installation of the product in approximately one minute. The product provides reduced maintenance expenses based upon LED chip lives ranging from 187,000 to 375,000 hours, which we equate to a performance life of the fixture’s light source of between 60 and 100 years. 10 Interior LED High Bay Fixtures: Our LED interior high bay lighting products consists of our ApolloTM high bay and ISON® high bay products. Our ISON® class of LED interior fixture offers a full package of pre- mium features, including low total cost of ownership, optics that exceed competitors in terms of lumen package, delivered light, modularity and advanced thermal management. Our ApolloTM class of LED interior fixtures is designed for new construction and retrofit projects where initial cost is the largest factor in the purchase decision. In addition, our LED interior lighting products are lightweight and, we believe, easy to handle, which further reduces installation and maintenance costs and helps to build brand loyalty with electrical contractors and installers. Exterior LED Fixtures: In October 2014, we launched a suite of new exterior LED lighting products including our Orion ISON® Class LED Exterior Area Fixture and our ApolloTM LED Exterior Area Light and ApolloTM LED Wall Pack. Our patent pending ISON® class LED exterior area fixture offers a full package of premium features, including low total cost of ownership, optics that exceed competitors in terms of lumen pack- age, delivered light, modularity, advanced thermal management, and numerous accessory options (such as ambient sensors and fixture color). Our ISON® class LED Wall Pack is a wall mounted fixture to complement our ISON® class LED Area Light.Our ApolloTM LED Exterior Area Light and ApolloTM LED Wall Pack are designed to meet the market demand for long life exterior applications. Our exterior ApolloTM line products are ideal for new construction and retrofit projects where initial cost is the largest factor in the purchase decision. The Compact Modular. Historically, our primary product has been our line of high-performance HIF light- ing systems, the Compact Modular, which includes a variety of fixture configurations to meet customer specifications. The Compact Modular generally operates at 224 watts per six-lamp fixture, compared to approx- imately 465 watts for the HID fixtures that it typically replaces. This wattage difference is the primary reason our HIF lighting systems are able to reduce electricity consumption by approximately 50% compared to HID fix- tures. Our Compact Modular has a thermally efficient design that allows it to operate at significantly lower tem- peratures than HID fixtures and most other legacy lighting fixtures typically found in commercial and industrial facilities. Because of the lower operating temperatures of our fixtures, our ballasts and lamps operate more effi- ciently, allowing more electricity to be converted to light rather than to heat or vibration, while allowing these components to last longer before needing replacement. InteLite® Dynamic Control Device. Our InteLite® wireless dynamic control products allow customers to remotely communicate with and give commands to individual light fixtures and other peripheral devices through web-based software, and allow the customer to configure and easily change the control parameters of each fixture based on a number of inputs and conditions, including time-of-day, motion and ambient light levels. Our InteLite® products can be added to our HIF and LED lighting systems during or after installation on a “plug and play” basis by coupling the wireless transceivers directly with the modular power pack. Because of their modular design, our InteLite® wireless products can be added to our energy management system easily and at lower cost when compared to lighting systems that require similar controls to be included at original installation or retro- fitted. Our InteLite products allow us to provide reporting and metering capabilities at the individual control unit level. These capabilities allow for our customers to measure and evaluate energy consumption at the process level. Data can be collected and exported, allowing our customers to perform energy analysis across their facili- ties to identify operational practices and behaviors that better manage energy costs. ApolloTM Solar Light Pipe. Our Apollo Solar Light Pipe is a lens-based device that collects and focuses renewable daylight, bringing natural light indoors without consuming electricity. Our ApolloTM Solar Light Pipe is designed and manufactured to maximize light collection during times of low sun angles, such as those that occur during early morning and late afternoon. The ApolloTM Solar Light Pipe produces maximum lighting “power” in peak summer months and during peak daylight hours, when electricity is most expensive. By integrat- ing our ApolloTM Solar Light Pipe with our HIF lighting systems and InteLite wireless controls, the output and associated electricity consumption of our HIF lighting systems can be automatically adjusted based on the level of natural light being provided by our ApolloTM Solar Light Pipe to offer further energy savings for our custom- ers. In certain circumstances, our customers can illuminate their facilities “off the grid” during peak hours of the day through the use of our integrated energy management system. 11 Other Products. We also offer our customers a variety of other LED, HIF, and induction fixtures to address their lighting and energy management needs, including fixtures designed for agribusinesses, parking lots, roadways, outdoor applications and private label resale. Our warranty policy generally provides for a limited one-year warranty on our HIF products and a limited five-year warranty on our LED products, although we do offer warranties ranging up to 10 years for certain LED products. Ballasts, lamps, drivers, LED chips and other electrical components are excluded from our standard warranty since they are covered by separate warranties offered by the original equipment manufacturers. We coordinate and process customer warranty inquiries and claims, including inquiries and claims relating to ballast and lamp components, through our customer service department. Services We provide a range of fee-based lighting-related energy management services to our customers, including: ‰ comprehensive site assessment, which includes a review of the current lighting requirements and energy usage at the customer’s facility; ‰ site field verification, or SFV, during which we perform a test implementation of our energy management system at a customer’s facility; ‰ utility incentive and government subsidy management, where we assist our customers in identifying, apply- ing for and obtaining available utility incentives or government subsidies; ‰ engineering design, which involves designing a customized system to suit our customers’ facility lighting and energy management needs, and providing the customer with a written analysis of the potential energy savings and lighting and environmental benefits associated with the designed system; ‰ project management, which involves our working with the electrical contractor in overseeing and manag- ing all phases of implementation from delivery through installation for a single facility or through multi- facility roll-outs tied to a defined project schedule; ‰ installation services, for our products, which we provide through our national network of qualified third- party installers; and ‰ recycling in connection with our retrofit installations, where we remove, dispose of and recycle our cus- tomer’s legacy lighting fixtures. We also provide other services which comprise a small amount of our revenue. These services primarily include management and control of power quality and remote monitoring and control of our installed systems. We also sell and distribute replacement lamps and fixture components into the after-market. Our Customers We primarily target commercial and industrial customers who have warehousing, manufacturing, and office facilities. As of March 31, 2015, we have installed our products in 11,958 commercial and industrial facilities across North America. Additionally, if we were to include the facilities in which Harris lighting systems were installed prior to our July 1, 2013 acquisition of Harris, we believe that this total would be significantly greater. Our diversified customer base includes: American Standard International Inc. Anheuser-Busch Companies, Inc. Avery Dennison Corp. Big Lots Inc. The Coca-Cola Co. Dollar General Corporation Ford Motor Co. General Electric Co. Kraft Foods Inc. Miller Coors LLC Newell Rubbermaid Inc. OfficeMax, Inc. PepsiCo Inc. Sealed Air Corp. Sherwin-Williams Co. SYSCO Corp. Textron, Inc. Toyota Motor Corp. United Stationers Inc. U.S. Foodservice One single customer, Ford Motor Co., accounted for 12% of our total revenue during fiscal 2015. One single customer, Standard Alternative LLC, accounted for 23% of our total revenue during fiscal 2014. No single cus- tomer accounted for 10% or more of our total revenue during fiscal 2013. 12 Sales and Marketing We sell our products directly to commercial and industrial customers using a systematic multi-step process that focuses on our value proposition and provides our sales force with a specific protocol for working with our customers from the point of lead generation through delivery of our products and services. In fiscal 2013, we streamlined our telemarketing function with an emphasis on improving the quality of leads generated, developed a strategy to expand our direct sales force, implemented product version control for our wireless products and transitioned the compensation plans of our sales force to an increasingly performance based model. In fiscal 2014, we continued to increase our in-market sales force and transitioned this sales force to focus on indirect customer growth. We believe that an in-market sales force focused on providing technical product and sales support to our resellers provides us with a greater potential for revenue growth. In fiscal 2015, we further increased our sales force across all of our business divisions to support our growing reseller base and to sell into government and real estate investment trust markets. During fiscal 2015, we created our distribution services division to develop customer relationships with broad line distributors. In the future, we expect to increase the number of active distributors and the revenue from our distribution services division. We also sell our products on a wholesale basis to value-added resellers. We often train our value-added resellers to implement our systematic sales process to more effectively resell our products to their customers. We attempt to leverage the customer relationships of these value-added resellers to further extend the geographic scope of our selling efforts. We work cooperatively with our value-added reseller channels through participation in national trade organizations, by providing training on our sales methodologies, including the development and distribution of standard sales reseller operating procedures and by providing training to our resellers to enable them to conduct their own energy workshops with their customer and prospect bases. During fiscal 2015, we increased the number of active key resellers from 30 to 102. We intend to continue to selectively expand our reseller network, focusing on those geographic regions where we lack sufficient sales coverage. We also sell our products and services indirectly to our customers through their electrical contractors or dis- tributors, or to electrical contractors and distributors who buy our products and resell them to end users as part of an installed project. We believe these relationships allow us to increase penetration into the lighting retrofit market because electrical contractors often have significant influence over their customers’ lighting product selections. We have historically focused our marketing efforts on traditional direct advertising, as well as developing brand awareness through customer education and active participation in trade shows and energy management seminars. In the past, these efforts have included participating in national, regional and local trade organizations, exhibiting at trade shows, executing targeted direct mail campaigns, advertising in select publications, public relations campaigns, social media and other lead generation and brand building initiatives. We are also actively training contractors and resellers on how to effectively represent our product offering and have designed an intensive classroom training program, which we refer to as Orion University, to complement the energy management workshops we conduct in the field. During the first half of fiscal 2015, we invested in a branding campaign to better position us as an LED company to our direct customers and our resellers. We expect our branding campaign will result in generating additional sales pipelines, increase the number of our resellers and increase our market share in newer markets, like schools and commercial office space. We believe our branding investment was vital in strengthening our position as an LED lighting solutions provider and improving our abil- ity to compete against existing LED lighting companies. Competition The market for energy efficiency lighting products and services is fragmented. We face strong competition primarily from manufacturers and distributors of energy management products and services as well as electrical contractors. We compete primarily on the basis of technology, price, quality, customer relationships, energy effi- ciency, customer service and marketing support. There are a number of lighting fixture manufacturers that sell LED and HIF products that compete with our lighting product lines. Lighting companies such as Acuity Brands, Inc., Cooper Lighting division of Eaton Corporation plc, Cree, Inc., and Hubbell Incorporated are some of our main competitors within the commercial 13 and industrial markets. Recently, electronics companies, like LG Electronics, have begun to develop and commer- cialize lighting fixtures. These companies generally have large and diverse product lines. Many of these com- petitors are better capitalized than we are, have strong existing customer relationships, greater name recognition, and more extensive engineering and marketing capabilities. We also compete for sales of our LED and HIF light- ing systems with manufacturers and suppliers of older fluorescent technology in the retrofit market. Some of the manufacturers of HIF and HID products that compete with our LED and HIF lighting systems sell their systems at a lower initial capital cost than the cost at which we sell our systems, although we believe based on our industry experience that these systems generally do not deliver the light quality and the cost savings that our LED and HIF lighting systems deliver over the long-term. Many of our competitors market their manufactured lighting and other products primarily to distributors who resell their products for use in new commercial, residential, and industrial construction. These distributors, such as Graybar Electric Company, Gexpro (GE Supply) and W.W. Grainger, Inc., generally have large customer bases and wide distribution networks and supply to electrical contractors. We also face competition from companies who provide energy management services. Some of these com- petitors, such as Johnson Controls, Inc. and Honeywell International, provide basic systems and controls designed to further energy efficiency. Intellectual Property As of March 31, 2015, we had been issued 62 United States patents, and had applied for 40 additional United States patents. The patented and patent pending technologies cover various innovative elements of our products, including our HIF and LED fixtures, InteLite® wireless controls and ApolloTM Solar Light Pipes. Among other things, we believe that our innovations allow our HIF fixtures to produce more light output per unit of input energy compared to competitive HIF product offerings. Our patented LDRTM product allows for a sig- nificantly quicker installation when compared to competitor’s commercial office lighting products. Our smart lighting controls allow our lighting fixtures to selectively provide a targeted amount of light where and when it is needed most. We believe that our patent portfolio as a whole is material to our business. We also believe that our patents covering our ability to manage the thermal and optical performance of our LED and HIF lighting products are material to our business, and that the loss of these patents could significantly and adversely affect our business, operating results and prospects. Manufacturing and Distribution We own an approximately 266,000 square foot manufacturing and distribution facility located in Man- itowoc, Wisconsin, where, currently, substantially all of our products are manufactured, although we are increas- ingly sourcing products and components from third parties as the LED market continues to evolve in order to have versatility in our product development. During fiscal 2015, we focused on converting our manufacturing production assembly lines from predominantly HIF lighting assembly lines to LED lighting assembly lines. We are considering implementing additional significant changes to our manufacturing production and assembly facility and processes that will provide us additional flexibility to continue to adapt and respond to the changing market dynamics of the lighting products industry and to continue to enhance our competitiveness. As part of our business initiatives to adapt to the rapidly evolving LED market, we are also currently considering options related to our properties, including the sale and leaseback of our manufacturing and corporate facilities that, if executed, will result in a significant impairment charge. We generally maintain a significant supply of raw material and purchased and manufactured component inventory. We manufacture products to order and are typically able to ship most orders within 10 days of our receipt of a purchase order. We contract with transportation companies to ship our products and manage all aspects of distribution logistics. We generally ship our products directly to the end user. 14 Research and Development Our research and development efforts are centered on developing new products and technologies and enhancing existing products. The products, technologies and services we are developing are focused on increas- ing end user energy efficiency. We have also been developing lighting products based on LED technology. Dur- ing fiscal 2014, we developed and commercialized the LDRTM product obtained through the acquisition of Harris. During fiscal 2015, we focused our development on LED products and we developed and commercialized several suites of LED interior high bay products and LED exterior products. Our research and development expenditures were $2.3 million, $2.0 million and $2.6 million for fiscal years 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. During fiscal 2016, we intend to open an innovation hub in Chicago, Illinois to develop and design new LED products. We believe that this location is in close proximity to highly-regarded engineering and business schools and will offer us a greater supply of technical talent to help us develop new LED products in the future. We may incur additional start-up expenses for this new innovation hub, as well as additional compensation expense as we add research and development and engineering personnel. Regulation Our operations are subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing, among other things, emissions to air, discharge to water, the remediation of contaminated properties and the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment, and disposal of, and exposure to, waste and other materials, as well as laws and regulations relating to occupational health and safety. We believe that our business, operations, and facilities are being operated in compliance in all material respects with applicable environmental and health and safety laws and regulations. State, county or municipal statutes often require that a licensed electrician be present and supervise each retrofit project. Further, all installations of electrical fixtures are subject to compliance with electrical codes in virtually all jurisdictions in the United States. In cases where we engage independent contractors to perform our retrofit projects, we believe that compliance with these laws and regulations is the responsibility of the applicable contractor. Our Corporate and Other Available Information We were incorporated as a Wisconsin corporation in April 1996 and our corporate headquarters are located at 2210 Woodland Drive, Manitowoc, Wisconsin 54220. Our Internet website address is www.oesx.com. Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, are available through the investor relations page of our internet website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Secu- rities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC. Employees As of March 31, 2015, we had 191 full-time and 7 part-time employees. Our employees are not represented by any labor union, and we have never experienced a work stoppage or strike. We consider our relations with our employees to be good. 15 ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below and in other reports that we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission and the other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The matters discussed in the following risk factors, and additional risks and uncertainties not cur- rently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and future growth prospects and could cause the trading price of our common stock to decline. The success of our business depends upon our adaptation to the changing market conditions in the lighting industry and on market acceptance of our lighting retrofit solutions using new LED technologies. Since we believe that the market for lighting products is currently experiencing a significant technology shift to LED lighting systems, we are increasingly focusing our business on providing lighting retrofit solutions using new LED technologies in lieu of traditional HIF lighting upon which our business has historically relied. As a result, our future success depends significantly upon the adoption rate of LED products within our primary markets and our ability to participate in this anticipated market trend. To be an effective participant in this expected growing LED market opportunity, we must keep up with the evolution of LED technology, which has been moving at a fast pace. We may be unable to successfully develop and market new LED products or services that keep pace with technological or industry changes, satisfy changes in customer demands or comply with present or emerging government and industry regulations and technology standards. The development and introduction of new LED products may result in increased warranty expenses and other new product introduction expenses. In addition, we will incur substantial costs to research and develop new LED products, which will increase our expenses, without guarantee that our products and services will be commercially viable. We may also spend time and resources to develop and release new LED products only to discover that a competitor has also introduced similar new products with superior performance. Moreover, if the market shift to LED lighting does not occur or new sources of lighting are developed, our current products and technologies could become less competitive or obsolete, which could result in reduced revenue, reduced earnings or increased losses and/or inventory and other impairment charges. Additionally, as the lighting retrofit market continues to shift to LED lighting products from HIF and other traditional lighting products, customer purchasing decisions have been delayed as they evaluate the relative advantages and disadvantages of the lighting retrofit product alternatives and wait for further decreases in the price of LED lighting products. These circumstances have led, and may continue to lead, to reduced revenue for us in the periods affected. Our primary focus on selling our generally lower margin LED products to our retrofit customers in the future in lieu of our traditional HIF lighting products will likely also lead to reduced revenues for our generally higher margin HIF products, thus increasing our reli- ance on our new LED products and potentially resulting in inventory or other impairment charges. As we attempt to adapt our business organization to this quickly evolving market, we are considering implementing significant changes to our manufacturing operations to increase our flexibility, remain competitive and lower our cost structure, including the sale and leaseback of our manufacturing and corporate facilities. Implementing these initiatives will result in our incurring additional cost and expenses, including asset impair- ment or write-down charges and other repositioning expenses and charges, which would likely materially adversely affect our results of operations. Additionally, we have been managing through significant change in our vendor supply chain as LED product portfolio and our product revenue continue to increase and we place more focus on this product line. We currently believe that our recent efforts to negotiate further lower material input costs will improve our LED product gross margins beginning during our fiscal 2016. However, we may not be able to realize the gross margin benefits in the amounts or on the timetable anticipated and we may experience higher warranty expenses in the future as we implement our manufacturing and assembly process changes. It is also possible that, as we continue to focus our sales efforts on our LED product lines, we may increase our risk of inventory obsolescence for our legacy lighting product lines or even for outmoded LED products. Finally, in connection with our primary focus on selling our LED products in the future, we expect our results of operations to fluctuate from quarter to quarter as customers may continue to delay purchasing decisions as they evaluate their return on investment from purchasing new LED products compared to alternative lighting 16 solutions, the pricing of LED products continues to fall and LED products continue to gain more widespread customer acceptance. Similarly, these circumstances have impacted, and may continue to, adversely impact, our product gross margins and our profitability from quarter to quarter. If we are unable to achieve market acceptance of our lighting retrofit solutions using new LED technologies or realize the expected benefits from our conversion to LED technologies, our results of operations and financial condition will likely be materially adversely affected. The success of our LED lighting retrofit solutions depend in part on our ability to claim market share ahead of our competitors. Participants in the LED market who are able to quickly establish customer relationships and achieve market penetration are likely to gain a competitive advantage as the lighting retrofit solutions offered by us and our com- petitors generally have a product life of several years following installation. If we are unable to establish customer relationships and achieve market penetration in the LED market in a timely manner, we may lose the opportunity to market our LED products and services to significant portions of the lighting systems retrofit market for several years and may be at a disadvantage in securing future business opportunities from customers that have previously established relationships with one or more of our competitors. These disadvantages could reduce our revenue and profitability, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Adverse conditions in the global economy have negatively impacted, and could continue to negatively impact, our customers, suppliers and business. Continued weak economic conditions have adversely affected our customers’ capital budgets, purchasing decisions and facilities managers and, therefore, have adversely affected our results of operations. The return to a recessionary state of the global economy could potentially have negative effects on our near-term liquidity and capital resources, including slower collections of receivables, delays of existing order deliveries and postpone- ments of incoming orders. Our business and results of operations will continue to be adversely affected to the extent these adverse economic conditions continue to adversely affect our customers’ purchasing decisions. Adverse market conditions have led to increasing duration of customer sales cycles, limitations on customer capital budgets, project delays, closure of facilities and the loss of key contacts due to workforce reductions at existing and prospective customers. The volatility and uncertainty in the financial and credit markets has led many customers to adopt strategies for conserving cash, including limits on capital spending. Our lighting systems are often purchased as capital assets and therefore are subject to capital availability. Uncertainty around such availability has led customers to delay purchase decisions, which has elongated the duration of our sales cycles. Along with limiting capital spending, some customers have reduced expenses by closing facilities and reducing workforces. As a result, facilities that were or may be considering installing our lighting systems have closed or may close. Due to down- sizings, key contacts and decision-makers at some of our customers have lost or may lose their jobs, which requires us to re-initiate the sales cycle with other personnel, further elongating the sales cycle. Additionally, the federal government shutdown during our fiscal 2014 resulted in project delays for certain government projects. We have experienced, and may in the future experience, variability in our operating results, on both an annual and a quarterly basis, as a result of these factors. Our financial performance is dependent on our ability to execute on our strategy and increase our profitability. Our ability to achieve our desired growth and profitability depends on our ability to expand our reseller network, and improve our marketing, new product development, project management, margin enhancement and operating expense management, as well as other factors. If we are unable to successfully execute in any of these areas or on our growth and profitability strategy as a whole, our business and financial performance will likely be adversely affected. 17 We have had a history of losses and we may be unable to achieve and sustain profitability. We have experienced net losses of approximately $32.1 million, $6.2 million and $10.4 million during the years ended March 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. While we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, our anticipated cash flows from operating activities and our borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months, generating net income in the future will depend on our ability to successfully complete and execute our strategy. There is no guarantee that we will be able to achieve or sustain profitability in the future. An inability to successfully achieve profitability may decrease our long-term viability. We operate in a highly competitive industry and if we are unable to compete successfully our revenue and profitability will be adversely affected. We face strong competition primarily from manufacturers and distributors of energy management products and serv- ices, as well as from electrical contractors. We compete primarily on the basis of customer relationships, price, quality, energy efficiency, customer service and marketing support. Our products are in direct competition with HID technology, as well as other HIF and LED products and older fluorescent technology in the lighting systems retrofit market. Many of our competitors are better capitalized than we are, have strong customer relationships, greater name recognition, and more extensive engineering, manufacturing, sales and marketing capabilities. Competitors could focus their substantial resources on developing a competing business model or energy management prod- ucts or services that may be potentially more attractive to customers than our products or services. In addition, we may face competition from other products or technologies that reduce demand for electricity. Our competitors may also offer energy management products and services at reduced prices in order to improve their competitive positions. Any of these competitive factors could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain customers, require us to lower our prices in order to remain competitive, and reduce our revenue and profitability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. We are subject to litigation and other legal matters that could result in charges against our income, strain our resources and distract our management, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation. We are involved in a variety of claims, lawsuits and other disputes. These suits concern a variety of issues, including employee-related matters and contract disputes. In March 2014, we were named as a defendant in a civil lawsuit filed by Neal R. Verfuerth, our former chief executive officer who was terminated for cause in November 2012. The plaintiff alleges, among other things, that we breached certain agreements entered into with the plaintiff, including the plaintiff’s employment agreement, and violated certain laws. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified pecuniary and compensatory damages, fees and such other relief as the court may deem just and proper. It is not feasible to predict the outcome of all pending suits and other matters, and the ulti- mate resolution of these matters, as well as future potential lawsuits, could result in liabilities, fines, significant expenses, distraction of management and other issues that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows or reputation. Our inability to attract and retain key employees or our reseller network could adversely affect our operations and our ability to execute on our operating plan and growth strategy. We rely upon the knowledge, experience and skills of key employees throughout our organization, partic- ularly our senior management team and our sales group that require technical knowledge or contacts in, and knowledge of, the industry. In addition, our ability to attract talented new employees, particularly in our sales group, is also critical to our success. We also depend on our value-added reseller channels which has increased from 30 to 102 active key resellers during fiscal 2015. If we are unable to attract and retain key employees or our reseller network because of competition or, in the case of employees, inadequate compensation or other factors, our operations and our ability to execute our operating plan could be adversely affected. 18 Reductions in our workforce and employee turnover could negatively impact our business. We are currently experiencing reductions in our workforce due to budget spending reductions and increased employee turnover. The reductions resulted in the loss of numerous long-term employees, along with their institutional knowledge and expertise, and the reallocation of certain employment responsibilities, all of which could adversely affect operational efficiencies, employee performance and retention. Such workforce reductions have also placed a significant burden on our current employees. In addition, the increase employee turnover has resulted in higher recruiting expenses as we seek to recruit and train employees, in addition to increased instability in our operations as responsibilities are reallocated to new or different employees. To the extent that we are unable to effectively reallocate employee responsibilities, retain key employees and reduce employee turnover, our operations and our ability to execute our operating plan could be adversely affected. Our products use components and raw materials that may be subject to price fluctuations, shortages or interruptions of supply. We may be vulnerable to price increases for components or raw materials that we require for our products, including aluminum, copper, certain rare earth minerals, electronic drivers, chips, ballasts, power supplies and lamps. In particular, our cost of aluminum can be subject to commodity price fluctuation. Further, suppliers’ inventories of certain components that our products require may be limited and are subject to acquisition by oth- ers. In the past, we have had to purchase quantities of certain components that are critical to our product manu- facturing and were in excess of our estimated near-term requirements as a result of supplier delivery constraints and concerns over component availability, and we may need to do so in the future. As a result, we have had, and may need to continue, to devote additional working capital to support a large amount of component and raw material inventory that may not be used over a reasonable period to produce saleable products, and we may be required to increase our excess and obsolete inventory reserves to provide for these excess quantities, particularly if demand for our products does not meet our expectations. Also, any shortages or interruptions in supply of our components or raw materials could disrupt our operations. If any of these events occurs, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. We may pursue additional acquisitions and investments in new product lines, businesses or technologies that involve numerous risks, which could disrupt our business or adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. We may pursue additional acquisitions of, or investments in, new product lines, businesses or technologies to expand our current capabilities. We have limited experience in making such acquisitions or investments. Acquisitions present a number of potential risks and challenges that could disrupt our business operations, increase our operating costs or capital expenditure requirements and reduce the value of the acquired product line, business or technology. For example, if we identify an acquisition candidate, we may not be able to success- fully negotiate or finance the acquisition on favorable terms. The process of negotiating acquisitions and integrat- ing acquired products, services, technologies, personnel, or businesses might result in significant transaction costs, operating difficulties or unexpected expenditures, and might require significant management attention that would otherwise be available for ongoing development of our business. If we are successful in completing an acquisition, we may not be able to integrate the acquired product line, business or technology into our existing business and products, and we may not achieve the anticipated benefits of any acquisition. Furthermore, potential acquisitions and investments may divert our management’s attention, require considerable cash outlays and require substantial additional expenses that could harm our existing operations and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. To complete future acquisitions, we may issue equity securities, incur debt, assume contingent liabilities or incur amortization expenses and write-downs of acquired assets, which could dilute the interests of our shareholders or adversely affect our profitability. We may not be able to obtain equity capital or debt financing necessary to effectively pursue strategic acquisition opportunities or otherwise pursue our growth initiatives. Our existing capital resources may not be sufficient to effectively pursue strategic acquisition opportunities or to pursue other growth initiatives. We may not be able to obtain sufficient equity capital and/or debt financing 19 required to do so or we may not be able to obtain such equity capital or debt financing on acceptable terms or conditions. Factors affecting the availability to us of equity capital or debt financing on acceptable terms and conditions include: ‰ The price, volatility and trading volume and history of our common stock. ‰ Our current and future financial results and position. ‰ The market’s view of our industry and products. ‰ The perception in the equity and debt markets of our ability to execute our business plan or achieve our operating results expectations. Our inability to obtain the capital necessary to pursue strategic acquisition opportunities or to otherwise pursue our growth opportunities could have an adverse effect on our growth strategy and business operations. We depend upon a limited number of customers in any given period to generate a substantial portion of our revenue and the loss of significant customers could have an adverse effect on our operations. We do not have long-term contracts with our customers, and our dependence on individual key customers can vary from period to period as a result of the significant size of some of our retrofit and multi-facility roll-out projects. Our top 10 customers accounted for approximately 45% and 36%, respectively, of our total revenue for fiscal 2014 and 2015. In fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, our top customer accounted for 23% and 12% of our total revenues, respectively. We expect large retrofit and roll-out projects to continue to be a significant component of our total revenue. Additionally, commercial office lighting retrofits provide for single large project opportunities. As a result, we may experience more customer concentration in any given future period. The loss of, or sub- stantial reduction in sales to, any of our significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations in any given future period. The success of our business depends on the market acceptance of our energy management products and services. Our future success depends on continued commercial acceptance of our energy management products and serv- ices. If we are unable to convince current and potential customers of the advantages of our lighting systems and energy management products and services, then our ability to sell our lighting systems and energy management products and services will be limited. In addition, because the market for energy management products and services is rapidly evolving, we may not be able to accurately assess the size of the market, and we may have limited insight into trends that may emerge and affect our business. If the market for our lighting systems and energy management products and services does not continue to develop, or if the market does not accept our products, then our ability to grow our busi- ness could be limited and we may not be able to increase our revenue or achieve profitability. We depend on our ability to develop new products and services. The market for our products and services is characterized by rapid market and technological changes, uncertain product life cycles, changes in customer demands and evolving government, industry and utility stan- dards and regulations. As a result, our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to continue to design and manufacture new products and services. We may be unable to successfully develop and market new products or services that keep pace with technological or industry changes, satisfy changes in customer demands or comply with present or emerging government and industry regulations and technology standards. Product liability claims could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. We face exposure to product liability claims in the event that our energy management products fail to per- form as expected or cause bodily injury or property damage. Since virtually all of our products use electricity, it is possible that our products could result improper installation or other causes. Particularly because our products often incorporate new technologies or designs, we cannot predict whether or not product liability claims will be brought against us in the future or result in negative in injury, whether by product malfunctions, defects, 20 publicity about our business or adversely affect our customer relations. Moreover, we may not have adequate resources in the event of a successful claim against us. A successful product liability claim against us that is not covered by insurance or is in excess of our available insurance limits could require us to make significant pay- ments of damages and could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. Our inability to protect our intellectual property, or our involvement in damaging and disruptive intellectual property litigation, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition or result in the loss of use of the product or service. We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through a combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as employee and third-party nondisclosure and assignment agreements. Our failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property rights for any reason could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. We own United States patents and patent applications for some of our products, systems, business methods and technologies. We offer no assurance about the degree of protection which existing or future patents may afford us. Likewise, we offer no assurance that our patent applications will result in issued patents, that our pat- ents will be upheld if challenged, that competitors will not develop similar or superior business methods or prod- ucts outside the protection of our patents, that competitors will not infringe upon our patents, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our patents. Effective protection of our United States patents may be unavailable or limited in jurisdictions outside the United States, as the intellectual property laws of foreign countries sometimes offer less protection or have onerous filing requirements. In addition, because some patent applications are main- tained in secrecy for a period of time, we could adopt a technology without knowledge of a pending patent appli- cation, and such technology could infringe a third party’s patent. We also rely on unpatented proprietary technology. It is possible that others will independently develop the same or similar technology or otherwise learn of our unpatented technology. To protect our trade secrets and other proprietary information, we generally require employees, consultants, advisors and collaborators to enter into confidentiality agreements. We cannot assure you that these agreements will provide meaningful protection for our trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information in the event of any unauthorized use, mis- appropriation or disclosure of such trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary information. If we are unable to maintain the proprietary nature of our technologies, our business could be materially adversely affected. We rely on our trademarks, trade names, and brand names to distinguish our company and our products and services from our competitors. Some of our trademarks may conflict with trademarks of other companies. Failure to obtain trademark registrations could limit our ability to protect our trademarks and impede our sales and mar- keting efforts. Further, we cannot assure you that competitors will not infringe our trademarks, or that we will have adequate resources to enforce our trademarks. In addition, third parties may bring infringement and other claims that could be time-consuming and expensive to defend. Also, parties making infringement and other claims may be able to obtain injunctive or other equitable relief that could effectively block our ability to provide our products, services or business meth- ods and could cause us to pay substantial damages. In the event of a successful claim of infringement, we may need to obtain one or more licenses from third parties, which may not be available at a reasonable cost, or at all. It is possible that our intellectual property rights may not be valid or that we may infringe upon existing or future proprietary rights of others. Any successful infringement claims could subject us to significant liabilities, require us to seek licenses on unfavorable terms, prevent us from manufacturing or selling products, services and busi- ness methods and require us to redesign or, in the case of trademark claims, re-brand our company or products, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. We are subject to financial and operating covenants in our new credit agreement and any failure to comply with such covenants, or obtain waivers in the event of non-compliance, could result in our being unable to borrow under our new credit agreement and other negative consequences. Our new credit agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association may from time to time require us to maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. The credit agreement also contains other customary covenants, 21 including certain restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, consolidate or merge, enter into acquisitions, guarantee obligations of third parties, make loans or advances, declare or pay any dividend or dis- tribution on our stock, redeem or repurchase shares of our stock, or pledge or dispose of assets. There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the financial and other covenants in our new credit agreement. Our failure to comply with these covenants could cause us to be unable to borrow under the credit agreement and may constitute an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the accel- eration of the maturity of any indebtedness then outstanding under the credit agreement, which would require us to pay all amounts then outstanding. Such an event could materially adversely affect our financial condition and liquidity. Additionally, such events of non-compliance could impact the terms of any additional borrowings and/ or any credit renewal terms. Any failure to comply with such covenants would be a disclosable event and may be perceived negatively. Such perception could adversely affect the market price for our common stock and our ability to obtain financing in the future. If our information technology systems fail, or if we experience an interruption in their operation, then our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. The efficient operation of our business is dependent on our information technology systems. We rely on those systems generally to manage the day-to-day operation of our business, manage relationships with our cus- tomers, maintain our research and development data and maintain our financial and accounting records. The fail- ure of our information technology systems, our inability to successfully maintain, enhance and/or replace our information technology systems, or any compromise of the integrity or security of the data we generate from our information technology systems, could adversely affect our results of operations, disrupt our business and prod- uct development and make us unable, or severely limit our ability, to respond to customer demands. In addition, our information technology systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from: ‰ earthquake, fire, flood and other natural disasters; ‰ employee or other theft; ‰ attacks by computer viruses or hackers; ‰ power outages; and ‰ computer systems, internet, telecommunications or data network failure. Any interruption of our information technology systems could result in decreased revenue, increased expenses, increased capital expenditures, customer dissatisfaction and potential lawsuits, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. Our retrofitting process frequently involves responsibility for the removal and disposal of components containing hazardous materials. When we retrofit a customer’s facility, we typically assume responsibility for removing and disposing of its existing lighting fixtures. Certain components of these fixtures typically contain trace amounts of mercury and other hazardous materials. Older components may also contain trace amounts of polychlorinated biphenyls, or PCBs. We currently rely on contractors to remove the components containing such hazardous materials at the customer job site. The contractors then arrange for the disposal of such components at a licensed disposal facility. Failure by such contractors to remove or dispose of the components containing these hazardous materials in a safe, effective and lawful manner could give rise to liability for us, or could expose our workers or other persons to these hazardous materials, which could result in claims against us. The cost of compliance with environmental laws and regulations and any related environmental liabilities could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. Our operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations governing, among other things, emis- sions to air, discharge to water, the remediation of contaminated properties and the generation, handling, storage, transportation, treatment and disposal of, and exposure to, waste and other materials, as well as laws and regulations 22 relating to occupational health and safety. These laws and regulations frequently change, and the violation of these laws or regulations can lead to substantial fines, penalties and other liabilities. The operation of our manufacturing facility entails risks in these areas and there can be no assurance that we will not incur material costs or liabilities in the future which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition. We expect our quarterly revenue and operating results to fluctuate. If we fail to meet the expectations of market analysts or investors, the market price of our common stock could decline substantially, and we could become subject to securities litigation. Our quarterly revenue and operating results have fluctuated in the past and will likely vary from quarter to quarter in the future. For example, our first fiscal quarter typically reflects operating results that do not compare favorably with our other fiscal quarters. You should not rely upon the results of one quarter as an indication of our future performance. Our revenue and operating results may fall below the expectations of market analysts or investors in some future quarter or quarters. Our failure to meet these expectations could cause the market price of our common stock to decline substantially. If the price of our common stock is volatile or falls significantly below our current price, we may be the target of securities litigation. If we become involved in this type of liti- gation, regardless of the outcome, we could incur substantial legal costs, management’s attention could be diverted from the operation of our business, and our reputation could be damaged, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. Our net operating loss carryforwards provide a future benefit only if we are profitable and may be subject to limitation based upon ownership changes. As of March 31, 2015, we had aggregate federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $38.6 million and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $28.9 million. While our federal and state net operating loss carryforwards are fully reserved for, if we are unable to return to and maintain profitability, we may not be able to fully utilize these tax benefits. Furthermore, generally a change of more than 50% in the ownership of a company’s stock, by value, over a three-year period constitutes an ownership change for federal income tax purposes. An ownership change may limit a company’s ability to use its net operating loss carryfor- wards attributable to the period prior to such change. We believe that past issuances and transfers of our stock caused an ownership change in fiscal 2007 that may affect the timing of the use of our net operating loss carryforwards, but we do not believe the ownership change affects the use of the full amount of our net operating loss carryforwards. As a result, our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards attributable to the period prior to such ownership change to offset taxable income will be subject to limitations in a particular year, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability for us. In fiscal 2008, utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards was limited to $3.0 million. For fiscal 2013, 2014, and 2015, utilization of our net operating loss carryforwards was not limited. The failure to establish and maintain internal controls over financial reporting could harm our business and financial results. Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting is not intended to provide absolute assurance that we would prevent or detect a misstatement of our financial statements or fraud. In fiscal 2012, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our internal con- trols were not effective due to certain identified material weaknesses, which were remediated during fiscal 2013. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015, our internal controls were determined to be effective . However, the failure to maintain an effective system of internal control over financial reporting could limit our ability to report our financial results accurately and in a timely manner or to detect and prevent fraud and could also cause a loss of investor confidence and decline in the market price of our common stock. 23 If securities or industry analysts do not continue to publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline. The trading market for our common stock will continue to depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If these analysts do not continue to provide adequate research coverage or if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline. The market price of our common stock could be adversely affected by future sales of our common stock in the public market by us or our executive officers and directors. We and executive officers and directors may from time to time sell shares of our common stock in the pub- lic market or otherwise. We cannot predict the size or the effect, if any, that future sales of shares of our common stock by us or our executive officers and directors, or the perception of such sales, would have on the market price of our common stock. We are not currently paying dividends and will likely continue not paying dividends for the foreseeable future. We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our existing revolving credit agreement restrict the payment of cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. Anti-takeover provisions included in the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law, provisions in our amended and restated articles of incorporation or bylaws and the common share purchase rights that accompany shares of our common stock could delay or prevent a change of control of our company, which could adversely impact the value of our common stock and may prevent or frustrate attempts by our shareholders to replace or remove our current board of directors or management. A change of control of our company may be discouraged, delayed or prevented by certain provisions of the Wisconsin Business Corporation Law. These provisions generally restrict a broad range of business combinations between a Wisconsin corporation and a shareholder owning 15% or more of our outstanding common stock. These and other provisions in our amended and restated articles of incorporation, including our staggered board of directors and our ability to issue “blank check” preferred stock, as well as the provisions of our amended and restated bylaws and Wisconsin law, could make it more difficult for shareholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors, includ- ing to delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. Each currently outstanding share of our common stock includes, and each newly issued share of our com- mon stock will include, a common share purchase right. The rights are attached to, and trade with, the shares of common stock and generally are not exercisable. The rights will become exercisable if a person or group acquires, or announces an intention to acquire, 20% or more of our outstanding common stock. The rights have some anti-takeover effects and generally will cause substantial dilution to a person or group that attempts to acquire control of us without conditioning the offer on either redemption of the rights or amendment of the rights to prevent this dilution. The rights could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control. In addition, our employment arrangements with senior management provide for severance payments and accelerated vesting of benefits, including accelerated vesting of stock options, upon a change of control. These provisions could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby adversely affecting the market price of our common stock. These provisions may also discourage or prevent a change of control or result in a lower price per share paid to our shareholders. 24 ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES We own our approximately 266,000 square foot manufacturing and distribution facility in Manitowoc, Wisconsin used by all of our segments. We own our approximately 70,000 square foot technology center and corporate headquarters adjacent to our Manitowoc manufacturing and distribution facility used by all of the segments. We also lease a 5,600 square foot sales and technology office in Houston, Texas which is used by the U.S. markets segment, and we lease a 10,500 square foot office space in Jacksonville, Florida which is used by the engineered systems segment. In May 2014, we sold our 23,000 square foot sales and operations support facility in Plymouth, Wisconsin. In June 2015, we entered into an agreement to a three year lease for 3,100 square feet of office space in Chicago, Illinois. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS We are subject to various claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. As of the date hereof, we are unable to currently assess whether the final resolution of any of such claims or legal proceed- ings may have a material adverse affect on us. In addition to ordinary-course litigation, we are a party to the proceedings described below. On March 27, 2014, we were named as a defendant in a civil lawsuit filed by Neal R. Verfuerth, our former chief executive officer who was terminated for cause in November 2012, in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin (Green Bay Division). The plaintiff alleges, among other things, that we breached certain agreements entered into with the plaintiff, including the plaintiff’s employment agreement, and violated certain laws. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified pecuniary and compensatory dam- ages, fees and such other relief as the court may deem just and proper. On November 4, 2014, the court granted our motion to dismiss six of the plaintiff’s claims. On January 9, 2015, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint re-alleging claims that were dismissed by the Court, including, among other things, a retaliation claim and certain claims with respect to prior management agreements and certain intellectual property rights. On January 22, 2015, we filed a motion to dismiss and a motion to strike certain of the claims made in the amended complaint. On May 18, 2015, the court dismissed the intellectual property claims re-alleged in the January 9, 2015 amended complaint. We believe that we have substantial legal and factual defenses to the plaintiff’s claims and allegations remaining in the case and that we will prevail in this proceeding. We intend to continue to defend against the claims vigorously. On May 29, 2014, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) filed a claim against us alleg- ing certain violations of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) with regard to an employee. In addition, on August 20, 2014, the EEOC filed a claim against us alleging certain violations of the ADA with respect to our wellness program. We do not believe these claims will have a material adverse impact on our future results of operations. We are currently negotiating a settlement with the Wisconsin Department of Revenue with respect to an assessment regarding the proper classification of our products for tax purposes under Wisconsin law. The issue under review is whether the installation of our lighting systems is considered a real property construction activity under Wisconsin law. We currently expect to resolve this matter with the Wisconsin Department of Revenue in fiscal 2016 for the amount that we have accrued. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES None. 25 ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Price Range of our Common Stock Our common stock is listed on the NYSE MKT under the symbol “OESX”. The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices per share as reported on the NYSE MKT for the periods indicated. High Low Fiscal 2014 First Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2015 First Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Second Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2.51 $4.44 $7.22 $8.11 $7.42 $6.32 $5.94 $5.50 $2.00 $2.30 $3.50 $4.71 $3.75 $4.00 $4.23 $2.72 Shareholders As of June 5, 2015, there were approximately 219 record holders of the 27,551,188 outstanding shares of our common stock. The number of record holders does not include shareholders for whom shares are held in a “nominee” or “street” name. Dividend Policy We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and expansion of our business, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our existing credit agreement restrict the payment of cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay divi- dends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions (including those under our loan agreements) and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. 26 Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans The following table represents shares outstanding under our 2003 Stock Option Plan and our 2004 Equity Incentive Plan as of March 31, 2015. Equity Compensation Plan Information Plan Category Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options and Vesting of Restricted Shares Weighted Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options and Restricted Shares Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuances Under the Equity Compensation Plans (1) Equity Compensation plans approved by security holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,131,524 Equity Compensation plans not approved by security holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,131,524 $3.75 — $3.75 1,078,600 — 1,078,600 (1) Excludes shares reflected in the column titled “Number of Securities to be Issued Upon Exercise of Out- standing Options”. Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities Other than for net share redemptions upon vesting of restricted stock grants in order to satisfy the related required tax withholding amounts, we did not purchase shares of our common stock during the year ended March 31, 2015, and we do not intend to repurchase shares of our common stock in the near term. Unregistered Sales of Securities None. 27 Stock Price Performance Graph The following graph shows the total shareholder return of an investment of $100 in cash on March 31, 2010, through March 31, 2015, for (1) our common stock, (2) the Russell 2000 Index and (3) The NASDAQ Clean Edge Green Energy Index. Data for the Russell 2000 Index and the NASDAQ Clean Edge Green Energy Index assume reinvestment of dividends. The stock price performance graph should not be deemed filed or incorporated by reference into any other filing made by us under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate the stock performance graph by reference in another filing. Orion Energy Systems, Inc. Russell 2000 Index NASDAQ Clean Edge Green Energy Index March 31, 2010 March 31, 2011 March 31, 2012 March 31, 2013 March 31, 2014 March 31, 2015 $100 $100 $100 $ 82 $126 $109 $ 49 $128 $ 68 $ 51 $145 $ 70 $148 $182 $133 $ 64 $197 $122 28 ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA You should read the following selected consolidated financial data in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial state- ments and the related notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The consolidated statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K, which have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. The consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended March 31, 2011 and 2012, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements which are not included in this Form 10-K. The selected historical consolidated financial data are not necessarily indicative of future results. 2011 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2013 (in thousands, except per share amounts) 2014 2012 2015 Consolidated statements of operations data: Product revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $75,870 6,167 $ 90,782 9,780 $ 72,604 13,482 $71,954 16,669 $ 65,881 6,329 Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cost of product revenue(1)(5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cost of service revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82,037 49,809 4,589 Total cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54,398 Gross profit (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General and administrative expenses(1)(2)(3) . . . . . Acquisition and integration related expenses(4) . . . . Sales and marketing expenses(1)(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . Research and development expenses(1) . . . . . . . . . . Income (Loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gain on sale of OTA contract receivables . . . . . . . . . Dividend and interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Income (loss) before income tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Income tax expense (benefit)(2)(3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net income (loss) and comprehensive income 27,639 11,686 — 13,674 2,333 (54) (406) (1,012) 571 (901) (1,242) 100,562 62,842 7,682 70,524 30,038 11,399 — 15,599 2,518 522 (551) 32 850 853 370 86,086 49,551 9,805 59,356 26,730 13,946 — 17,129 2,259 (6,604) (567) — 845 (6,326) 4,073 88,623 54,423 11,220 65,643 22,980 14,951 819 13,527 2,026 (8,343) (481) — 567 (8,257) (2,058) 72,210 68,388 4,959 73,347 (1,137) 14,908 47 13,290 2,554 (31,936) (376) — 300 (32,012) 49 (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 341 $ 483 $(10,399) $ (6,199) $(32,061) Net income (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders: Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weighted-average shares outstanding: Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ $ 0.02 0.01 $ $ 0.02 0.02 $ $ (0.50) (0.50) $ (0.30) $ (0.30) $ $ (1.43) (1.43) 22,678 23,198 22,953 23,387 20,997 20,997 20,988 20,988 22,353 22,353 29 (1) Includes stock-based compensation expense recognized under Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or ASC Topic 718, as follows: Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2015 2014 2013 (in thousands) Cost of product revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sales and marketing expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Research and development expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 114 578 451 21 $1,164 $ 70 1,025 485 13 $1,593 $ 50 1,056 360 33 $1,499 (2) Includes fiscal 2013 reorganization expenses of $1.9 million in general and administrative expenses, $0.2 million in sales and marketing expenses and a $4.1 million valuation reserve for deferred tax assets in income tax expense. (3) Includes fiscal 2014 loss on sale of a leased corporate jet of $1.5 million in general and administrative expenses and a $2.3 million benefit for deferred tax liabilities created by the acquisition of Harris in income tax benefit. (4) Includes fiscal 2014 expenses of $0.5 million related to the acquisition and integration of Harris. (5) Includes fiscal 2015 expenses of $12.1 million related to the impairment of wireless control inventory, fixed assets and intangible assets. 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 As of March 31, (in thousands) Consolidated balance sheet data: Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long-term debt, less current maturities . . . . . . . . . . Shareholder notes receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 11,560 1,011 121,087 4,225 (193) $ 90,455 $ 23,011 1,016 125,650 6,704 (221) $ 92,769 $ 14,376 1,021 102,097 4,109 (265) $ 77,769 $17,568 470 98,940 3,151 (50) $77,012 $20,002 — 87,805 722 (4) $64,511 ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial state- ments and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See also “Forward-Looking Statements” and Item 1A. “Risk Factors”. Market Shift to LED Products The rapidly changing market shift in the lighting industry from legacy lighting products to LED lighting products has caused us to adopt new strategies, approaches and processes in order to respond proactively to this paradigm shift. These changing underlying business fundamentals in this paradigm shift include: ‰ Rapidly declining LED product end user customer pricing and related component costs, improving LED product performance and customer return on investment payback periods, all of which are driving increas- ing customer preferences for LED lighting products compared to legacy lighting products. ‰ Increasing LED lighting product customer sales compared to decreasing HIF product sales. ‰ Generally lower LED product gross margins than those typically realized on sales of legacy lighting prod- ucts. 30 ‰ A broader and more diverse customer base and market opportunities compared to our historical commer- cial and industrial facility customers. ‰ Increased importance of highly innovative product designs and features and faster speed to market product research and development capabilities. ‰ Significantly reduced product technology life cycles; significantly shorter product inventory shelf lives and the related increased risk of rapidly occurring product technology obsolescence. ‰ Increased reliance on international component sources. ‰ Less internal product fabrication and production capabilities needed to support LED product assembly. ‰ Different and broader types of components needed to support LED product assembly. ‰ Different fabrication and assembly processes needed to support LED product production compared to our legacy products. ‰ Significantly longer end user product warranty requirements for LED products compared to our legacy products. As we continue to focus our business on selling our LED product lines to respond to the rapidly changing market dynamics in the lighting industry, we face intense competition from an increased number of other LED product companies, a number of which have substantially greater resources and more experience and history with LED lighting products than we do. Fiscal 2015 Developments During the fiscal 2015 fourth quarter, we identified potential annualized cost reductions of up to approx- imately $10.0 million resulting from our ongoing business transition from our historical focus on our legacy fluo- rescent lighting products to our current focus on our new LED lighting products. These reductions include expected cost reductions from strategic sourcing initiatives, reduced compensation costs in our manufacturing and corporate operations, and other reductions in our operating expenses. We fully implemented these cost reductions during the fourth quarter of our fiscal 2015, although the cost savings will not be fully realized until fiscal 2016. We incurred approximately $0.2 million of severance expense related to headcount reductions during our fiscal 2015 fourth quarter. During fiscal 2015, we focused on converting our manufacturing production assembly lines from predominantly HIF lighting assembly lines to LED lighting assembly lines. We are considering implementing additional significant changes to our manufacturing production and assembly facility and processes that will provide us additional flexibility to continue to adapt and respond to the changing market dynamics of the lighting products industry and to continue to enhance our competitiveness. It is possible that the implementation of such changes could result in us recognizing asset impairment charges or other similar write downs, and incurring other repositioning expenses and charges. As part of our business initiatives to adapt to the rapidly evolving LED market, we are also currently considering options related to our properties, including the sale and leaseback of our manufacturing and corporate facilities that, if executed, may result in a significant impairment charge. Additionally, we have been managing through significant change in our vendor supply chain as our LED product portfolio and our product revenue continues to increase and we place most of our focus on this product line. We believe that our recent efforts to negotiate future lower material input costs will improve our LED product gross margins beginning during our fiscal 2016, and after we have completed our existing inventory purchase commitments. However, we may not be able to realize the gross margin benefits in the amounts or on the timetable anticipated and we may experience higher warranty expenses in the future as we implement our manufacturing and assembly process changes. It is also possible that, as we continue to focus our sales efforts on our LED product portfolio, we may increase our risk of inventory obsolescence for our legacy lighting product lines or even outmoded LED products. During fiscal 2016, we intend to open an innovation hub in Chicago, Illinois to develop and design new LED products. We believe that this location is in close proximity to highly-regarded engineering and business schools and will offer us a greater supply of technical talent to help us develop new LED products in the future. We may incur additional start-up expenses for this new innovation hub, as well as additional compensation expense as we add research and development and engineering personnel. 31 During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 and the first three quarters of fiscal 2015, we experienced a reduc- tion in the amount of new customer orders for our energy efficient HIF lighting systems within our industrial and exterior markets. We attributed this to an increasing awareness within the marketplace of emerging LED product offerings. We believe that customers deferred purchase decisions as they evaluated the cost and performance of these LED product offerings. During the fiscal 2015 third quarter, we began to see this deferral of purchasing decisions begin to abate as customer purchases of LED lighting systems during our fiscal 2015 back half increased compared to our fiscal 2014 back half. We believe that customer purchases of LED lighting systems will increase into fiscal year 2016 as expected improvements in LED performance and expected decreases in LED product costs are currently expected to make our LED products even more economically compelling to our customers. During the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we sold our corporate facility in Plymouth, Wisconsin for net pro- ceeds of approximately $1.0 million. We also realigned our organizational structure which resulted in our identification of new operating seg- ments for the purpose of making operational decisions and assessing financial performance. The new business divisions include US Markets, Orion Engineered Systems and Orion Distribution Services. During the second quarter of fiscal 2015, we recorded a $12.1 million impairment charge related to our long-term inventory and investment in wireless controls products. As a result of recent changes in the business environment, primarily due to the increased velocity of the market acceptance of LED lighting solutions, the performance improvements of LED components which has led to reduced energy costs, the increasing con- tribution to our revenue from non-industrial markets where our wireless control products cannot be utilized and a significant decline in wireless controls unit volume sales during the quarter ended September 30, 2014, we reviewed our carrying cost, asset carrying values and intangible assets related to our wireless controls product offering. Additionally, we researched and evaluated opportunities for alternative markets into which to sell these products. As a result of these changing market conditions, the significant recent decline in wireless controls unit sales volume, our inability to find other alternative market uses for our controls products and recognition that further investment to keep the product’s software and firmware current was not a prudent investment, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge to our wireless controls inventory of $10.2 million and related non-cash asset impairment expense on development assets of $1.0 million for property and equipment, $0.1 million for intangible assets, and $0.8 million for prepaid licensing costs in other long-term assets. After these non-cash impairment charges, the carrying value of our wireless controls inventory was $0.5 million. During the fiscal 2015 fourth quarter, we entered into a new credit and security agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association providing for a three-year revolving credit facility. The agreement provides for an initial credit limit of $15.0 million, net of a $5.0 million reserve and subject to a borrowing base requirement based on eligible receivables and inventory. Borrowings under the agreement will bear interest at the daily three- month LIBOR plus 3.0% per annum. During the fiscal 2015 fourth quarter, we completed an underwritten public offering of 5.46 million shares of our common stock, at an offering price to the public of $3.50 per share. Net proceeds of the offering approxi- mated $17.5 million. Fiscal 2014 Developments In July 2013, we completed the acquisition of the equity interests of Harris Manufacturing, Inc. and Harris LED, LLC, or collectively, Harris. Harris engineers, designs, sources and manufactures energy efficient lighting systems, including fluorescent and LED lighting solutions, and day-lighting products. The Harris acquisition has expanded our product lines, increased our sales force and provided growth opportunities into markets where we did not have a strong presence, specifically, new construction, retail store fronts, commercial office and govern- ment. The purchase price for the transaction was $10.8 million, after an adjustment of $0.2 million for excess net working capital over a targeted amount. We acquired certain LED technologies through the acquisition of Harris which complement our existing portfolio of LED lighting products. In particular, Harris’ LED door retrofit, or LDRTM, product is designed to 32 retrofit commercial office and retail space, a market in which we have historically recognized little revenue con- tribution. Since the acquisition of Harris, our engineering and design teams have worked to expand the LDRTM product line to include architectural, industrial and contractor product categories. During fiscal 2014, we sold our leased corporate jet which resulted in a $1.4 million loss, including employee severance expenses, which resulted in approximately $1.5 million in annualized cost savings. Additionally, during fiscal 2014, we recorded a $2.3 million benefit against our valuation allowance to offset deferred tax liabilities acquired from Harris. During fiscal 2014, we actively expanded our in-market sales force. Our in-market sales force is responsible for the development of indirect resellers within their territory, along with a continued focus on selling directly to end customers within their territory. Overview We are a leading designer and manufacturer of high-performance, energy-efficient lighting platforms. We research, develop, design, manufacture, market, sell and implement energy management systems consisting primarily of high-performance, energy efficient commercial and industrial interior and exterior lighting systems and related services. Our products are targeted for applications in three primary market segments: commercial office and retail, area lighting and industrial high bay, although we do sell and install products into other markets. Virtually all of our sales occur within North America. We operate in three operating segments, which we refer to as U.S. Markets, Engineered Systems and Distribution Services. Our US Markets division focuses on selling our lighting solutions into the wholesale markets with customers including domestic energy service companies, or ESCOs, and electrical contractors. Our Orion Engineered Systems division focuses on selling lighting products and construction and engineering services direct to end users. Orion Engineered Systems completes the con- struction management services related to existing contracted solar photovoltaic, or PV, projects. Its customers include national accounts, government, municipal and schools. Our Orion Distribution Services division focuses on selling our lighting products internationally and is developing a network of broad line distributors. Histor- ically, sales of all of our lighting products and the related costs were combined through our Energy Management division and sales of all of our solar PV products and the related costs were combined through our Engineered Systems division. Our lighting products consist primarily of light emitting diode, or LED, and our legacy high intensity fluo- rescent, or HIF, lighting fixtures. Our principal customers include national accounts, energy service companies, electrical contractors and electrical distributors. Currently, substantially all of our products are manufactured at our production facility location in Wisconsin, although we are increasingly sourcing products and components from third parties as the LED market continues to evolve in order to have versatility in our product development. We previously marketed and implemented renewable energy systems consisting primarily of solar generat- ing photovoltaic, or PV, systems and wind turbines. During fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, we experienced a sig- nificant reduction in new solar PV orders and did not sign any significant new solar contracts. We attribute this to the December 2011 expiration of federal cash grants available for solar projects, declining solar prices for panels, an unstable supply environment, including bankruptcy filings from several solar panel suppliers, and a decline in the value of state and utility incentives. During fiscal 2014, we deemphasized our efforts to obtain new PV con- struction contracts and focused on the completion of previously received orders within our solar backlog, which has decreased from $36.1 million at the beginning of our fiscal 2013 to $0.2 million as of March 31, 2015. We expect this trend to continue into the future, since we are not pursuing new PV orders. In response to this solar order decline and our decision not to pursue new PV orders, we redeployed personnel to focus on our oppor- tunities within the LED retrofit market. While we continue to provide solutions using our legacy HIF technology, we believe the market for lighting products is currently in a significant technology shift to LED lighting systems. Compared to legacy lighting sys- tems, we believe that LED lighting technology allows for better optical performance, significantly reduced main- tenance costs due to performance longevity and reduced energy consumption. Due to their size and flexibility in application we also believe that LED lighting systems can address opportunities for retrofit applications that cannot be satisfied by fluorescent or other legacy technologies. We expect our LED lighting technologies to 33 become the primary component of our future revenue as we strive to be the leader in the industry transition to LED lighting technology. Based on a May 2013 United States Department of Energy report, we estimate the potential North American LED retrofit market within our key product categories to be approximately 1.1 billion lighting fixtures. In fiscal 2014, our LED lighting sales totaled $4.8 million, or 7.2% of our total lighting revenue, compared to $1.9 million, or 2.8% of our total lighting revenue for fiscal 2013. For fiscal 2015, our LED lighting revenue totaled $30.8 million, or 43.5% of our total lighting revenue, compared to $4.8 million, or 7.2% of our total lighting revenue, for fiscal 2014. We plan to primarily focus our future efforts on developing and selling innovative LED products while continuing to market and sell legacy HIF solutions in circumstances in which LED solutions may not be our customers’ best alternative. We typically generate virtually all of our revenue from sales of LED and HIF lighting systems and related services to commercial and industrial customers. We typically sell our LED and HIF lighting systems in replacement of our customers’ existing HID and HIF fixtures. We call this replacement process a “retrofit.” We frequently engage our customer’s existing electrical contractor to provide installation and project management services. We also sell our LED and HIF lighting systems on a wholesale basis, principally to electrical con- tractors and energy service companies to sell to their own customer bases. We have sold and installed approximately 4.3 million of our LED and HIF lighting systems in more than 11,958 facilities from December 1, 2001 through March 31, 2015. Our top direct customers by revenue in fiscal 2015 included Ford Motor Co., Dollar General Corporation, Sears Holding Corp,, Coca-Cola Enterprises Inc., US Foodservice, and USF Holland Inc. In response to potential constraints on our customers’ capital spending budgets, we promote the advantages to our customers of purchasing our energy management systems through our Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA, financing program. Our OTA financing program provides for our customer’s purchase of our energy management systems without an up-front capital outlay. We have an arrangement with a national equipment finance company to provide immediate non-recourse and recourse funding of pre-credit approved OTA finance contracts upon project completion and customer acceptance. Virtually all of these sales occur on a non-recourse basis. During fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, approximately 94.3% and 91.4% respectively, of our total completed OTA contracts were financed directly through third party equipment finance companies. In the future, we intend to continue to utilize third party finance companies to fund virtually all of our OTA contracts. The number of customers who choose to purchase our systems by using our OTA financing program is dependent upon our rela- tionships with third party equipment finance companies, the extent to which customers’ choose to use their own capital budgets and the extent to which customers’ choose to enter into finance contracts. Despite recent economic challenges, we remain optimistic about our near-term and long-term financial per- formance. Our near-term optimism is based upon our investments into our US markets sales force and the expansion of our reseller network, our intentions to continue to expand our sales force during fiscal 2016, our cost containment initiatives and opportunities and the increasing volume of unit sales of our new products, specifically our LED lighting fixtures. Our long-term optimism is based upon the considerable size of the exist- ing market opportunity for lighting retrofits, including the market opportunities in commercial office, govern- ment and retail markets, the continued development of our new products and product enhancements, including our new LED product offerings, and our cost reduction initiatives. Our fiscal year ends on March 31. We call our fiscal years which ended on March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, “fiscal 2013,” “fiscal 2014” and “fiscal 2015,” respectively. Our fiscal first quarter ends on June 30, our fiscal second quarter ends on September 30, our fiscal third quarter ends on December 31 and our fiscal fourth quarter ends on March 31. Revenue and Expense Components Revenue. We sell our energy management products and services directly to commercial and industrial customers, and indirectly to end users through wholesale sales to electrical contractors and value-added resellers. We currently generate virtually all of our revenue from sales of LED and HIF lighting systems and related serv- ices to commercial and industrial customers, with sales of our LED systems becoming our primary emphasis. While our services include comprehensive site assessment, site field verification, utility incentive and govern- 34 ment subsidy management, engineering design, project management, installation and recycling in connection with our retrofit installations, we separately recognize service revenue only for our installation and recycling services. Our installation and recycling service revenues are recognized when services are complete and customer acceptance has been received. In the second half of fiscal 2014, we transitioned our in-market sales force to focus our efforts on expanding and developing our reseller channels. These wholesale channels accounted for approx- imately 59%, 63% and 55% of our total revenue volume in fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively, not taking into consideration our renewable technologies revenue generated through our engineered systems division. Additionally, we offer our OTA sales-type financing program under which we finance the customer’s pur- chase of our energy management systems. The OTA program was established to assist customers who are inter- ested in purchasing our energy management systems but who have capital expenditure budget limitations. Our OTA contracts are capital leases under GAAP and we record revenue at the present value of the future payments at the time customer acceptance of the installed and operating system is complete. Our OTA contracts under this sales-type financing are either structured with a fixed term, typically 60 months, and a bargain purchase option at the end of term, or are one year in duration and, at the completion of the initial one-year term, provide for (i) one to four automatic one-year renewals at agreed upon pricing; (ii) an early buyout for cash; or (iii) the return of the equipment at the customer’s expense. The revenue that we are entitled to receive from the sale of our lighting fixtures under our OTA financing program is fixed and is based on the cost of the lighting fixtures and applicable profit margin. Our revenue from agreements entered into under this program is not dependent upon our custom- ers’ actual energy savings. We recognize revenue from OTA contracts at the net present value of the future cash the completion date of the installation of the energy management systems and the customers flows at acknowledgment that the system is operating as specified. Upon completion of the installation, we may choose to sell the future cash flows and residual rights to the equipment on a non-recourse basis to an unrelated third party finance company in exchange for cash and future payments. In fiscal 2013, we recognized $6.7 million of revenue from 128 completed OTA contracts. In fiscal 2014, we recognized $4.0 million of revenue from 67 completed OTA contracts. In fiscal 2015, we recognized $1.2 million of revenue from 25 completed OTA contracts. Our PPA financing program provides for our customer’s purchase of electricity from our renewable energy generating assets without an upfront capital outlay. Our PPA is a longer-term contract, typically in excess of 10 years, in which we receive monthly payments over the life of the contract. This program creates an ongoing recurring revenue stream, but reduces near-term revenue as the payments are recognized as revenue on a monthly basis over the life of the contract versus upfront upon product shipment or project completion. In fiscal 2013, we recognized $0.7 million of revenue from completed PPAs. In fiscal 2014, we recognized $0.5 million of revenue from completed PPAs. In fiscal 2015, we recognized $0.4 million of revenue from completed PPAs. As of March 31, 2015, we had signed 1 customer to 2 separate PPAs representing future potential discounted revenue streams of $2.0 million. In the future, we do not expect to complete any additional new PPA agreements. We discount the future revenue from PPAs due to the long-term nature of the contracts, typically in excess of 10 years. The timing of expected future discounted GAAP revenue recognition and the resulting operating cash inflows from PPAs, assuming the systems perform as designed, was as follows as of March 31, 2015 (in thousands): Fiscal 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Beyond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 247 247 246 246 246 740 Total expected future discounted revenue from PPA’s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,972 35 For sales of our solar PV systems, which are governed by customer contracts that require us to deliver func- tioning solar power systems and are generally completed within three to 15 months from the start of project con- struction, we recognize revenue from fixed price construction contracts using the percentage-of-completion method. Under this method, revenue arising from fixed price construction contracts is recognized as work is performed based upon the percentage of incurred costs to estimated total forecasted costs. We have determined that the appropriate method of measuring progress on these sales is measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date of the total estimated costs for each contract as materials are installed. The percentage-of-completion method requires revenue recognition from the delivery of products to be deferred and the cost of such products to be capitalized as a deferred cost and current asset on the balance sheet. We perform periodic evaluations of the progress of the installation of the solar PV systems using actual costs incurred over total estimated costs to com- plete a project. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts, if any, are recognized in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable. We recognize revenue on product only sales of our lighting and energy management systems at the time of shipment. For lighting and energy management systems projects consisting of multiple elements of revenue, such as a combination of product sales and services, we recognize revenue by allocating the total contract revenue to each element based on their relative selling prices. We determine the selling price of each element based upon management’s best estimate giving consideration to pricing practices, margin objectives, competition, scope and size of individual projects, geographies in which we offer our products and services and internal costs. We recognize revenue at the time of product shipment on product sales and on services completed prior to product shipment. We recognize revenue associated with services provided after product shipment, based on their relative selling price, when the services are completed and customer acceptance has been received. When other sig- nificant obligations or acceptance terms remain after products are delivered, revenue is recognized only after such obligations are fulfilled or acceptance by the customer has occurred. Our dependence on individual key customers can vary from period to period as a result of the significant size of some of our retrofit and multi-facility roll-out projects. Our top 10 customers accounted for approximately 35%, 45% and 36% of our total revenue for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively. No customer accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in fiscal 2013. One solar customer, Standard Alternative LLC, accounted for 23% of our fiscal 2014 revenue. One customer, Ford Motor, accounted for 12% of our fiscal 2015 revenue. To the extent that large retrofit and roll-out projects become a greater component of our total revenue, we may experience more customer concentration in given periods. The loss of, or substantial reduction in sales volume to, any of our significant customers could have a material adverse effect on our total revenue in any given period and may result in significant annual and quarterly revenue variations. Our level of total revenue for any given period is dependent upon a number of factors, including (i) the rate of performance improvement and cost decreases of our LED product offerings, particularly as we make our LED products our primary emphasis; (ii) the demand for our products and systems, particularly our LED products and any new products, applications and service that we may introduce; (iii) the selling price of our LED products compared to our other lighting alternatives; (iv) the number and timing of large retrofit and multi-facility retrofit, or “roll-out,” projects; (v) the rate at which we expand our in-market sales force; (vi) customer sales and budget cycles, including budget cycles for utility incentive programs; (vii) our ability to realize revenue from our serv- ices, particularly our ability to access job sites and manage our customer’s control over their own installation labor workforce; (viii) market conditions; (ix) the level of our wholesale sales; (x) our execution of our sales process; (xi) our ability to compete in a highly competitive market and our ability to respond successfully to market competition; (xii) the selling price of our products and services; (xiii) changes in capital investment levels by our customers and prospects; (xiv) our decreasing emphasis on solar PV sales and non-recurrence of prior levels of PV revenue; and (xv) the rate of government spending on our products. As a result, our total revenue may be subject to quarterly variations and our total revenue for any particular fiscal quarter may not be indicative of future results. In particular, as we focus our marketing and sales efforts on our LED lighting products and decrease our emphasis on our HIF products, and given the rapidly changing market dynamics of the lighting market, we may experience significant and unpredictable variations in our quarterly results. Backlog. We define backlog as the total contractual value of all firm orders and OTA contracts received for our lighting products and services where delivery of product or completion of services has not yet occurred as 36 of the end of any particular reporting period. Such orders must be evidenced by a signed proposal acceptance or purchase order from the customer. Our backlog does not include PPAs or national contracts that have been nego- tiated, but under which we have not yet received a purchase order for the specific location. As of March 31, 2013, we had a backlog of firm purchase orders of approximately $21.9 million, which included $20.2 million of solar PV orders. As of March 31, 2014, we had a backlog of firm purchase orders of approximately $2.7 million, which included $1.1 million of solar PV orders. As of March 31, 2015, we had a backlog of firm purchase orders of approximately $7.1 million, which included $0.2 million of solar PV orders. We expect all of our $0.2 million solar backlog as of March 31, 2015 to be converted into revenue during fiscal 2016. We generally expect our level of firm purchase order backlog related to LED and HIF lighting systems to be converted into revenue within the following quarter. We generally expect our firm purchase order backlog related to solar PV systems to be recognized within the following three to 15 months from the time construction of the system begins, although during fiscal 2012, we received a $20.2 million single order for which the solar PV system construction began during our fiscal 2014 first quarter and was completed during our fiscal 2015 third quarter. As a result of the decreased volume of our solar PV orders, the increased volume of multi-facility roll-outs and large retrofit proj- ects, the continued shortening of our installation cycles and the declining number of projects sold through OTAs, a comparison of backlog from period to period is not necessarily meaningful and may not be indicative of actual revenue recognized in future periods. logistics and project fabricating, coating, assembly, Cost of Revenue. Our total cost of revenue consists of costs for: (i) raw materials, including sheet, coiled and specialty reflective aluminum; (ii) electrical components, including ballasts, power supplies, lamps and LED chips and components; (iii) (iii) wages and related personnel expenses, including stock-based compensation installation service organizations; for our charges, (iv) manufacturing facilities, including depreciation on our manufacturing facilities and equipment, taxes, insurance and utilities; (v) warranty expenses; (vi) installation and integration; and (vii) shipping and handling; and (viii) materials for sales of solar PV systems through our engineered systems division, including solar panels, inverters and wiring. We also purchase many of our electrical components through forward purchase contracts. We buy most of our specialty reflective aluminum from a single supplier. We buy most of our LED chips from a single supplier, although we believe we could obtain sufficient quantities of these raw materials on a price and quality competitive basis from other suppliers if necessary. We use multiple suppliers for our electronic compo- nent purchases, including ballasts. drivers and lamps. Purchases from our previous primary supplier of ballast and lamp components constituted 4%, 7%, and 3% of our total cost of revenue in fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively. Our cost of revenue from OTA projects is recorded upon customer acceptance and acknowledgment that the system is operating as specified. Our production labor force is non-union and, as a result, our production labor costs have been relatively stable. During fiscal 2013, we reduced indirect headcount as part of our cost containment initiative. During fiscal 2014, we aggressively focused on cost containment ini- tiatives related to material product costs, service margin expansion and the implementation of lean manufacturing methodologies to reduce production costs in our manufacturing facility. Additionally, we consolidated Harris’ Florida manufacturing operations into our Wisconsin facility. During fiscal 2015, we reorganized our manufacturing production lines to increase our capacity to produce LED lighting products. Additionally, we con- tinued to reduce product costs through a reduction in workforce and through negotiated material input price decreases with our vendors. During the fiscal 2015 second quarter, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $12.1 million related to an assessment of the carrying cost of our long-term wireless control inventory and related development and intangible costs. The wireless controls inventory was deemed to be impaired based upon cur- rent market conditions, including a significant decline during the fiscal year in wireless controls unit volume sales, an increase in product sales in the commercial office and retail markets where the controls product offering is not saleable, limitations in alternative uses for the inventory and the increasing adoption of, and performance improvements in, LED lighting products. During our fiscal 2015 third quarter, we recorded a warranty charge of $0.6 million related to a production defect in one of our products. We believe that we fully corrected such defect and we do not anticipate experiencing a similar level of warranty charges in future periods with respect to such defect. During fiscal 2016, we expect to generate efficiencies and cost decreases from our lean manufacturing initiatives begun during fiscal 2014 and our focus on reducing component product costs through strategic sourc- ing begun during fiscal 2015. 37 Gross Margin. Our gross profit has been, and will continue to be, affected by the relative levels of our total revenue and our total cost of revenue, and as a result, our gross profit may be subject to quarterly variation. Our gross profit as a percentage of total revenue, or gross margin, is affected by a number of factors, including: (i) our level of utilization of our manufacturing facilities and production equipment and related absorption of our manufacturing overhead costs; (ii) our mix of large retrofit and multi-facility roll-out projects with national accounts; (iii) our increasing sales mix of LED lighting products and their current lower margins compared to the decreasing volume of our higher margin HIF products; (iv) our project pricing; (v) our realization rate on our billable services; (vi) our level of warranty claims; (vii) our level of efficiencies from our subcontracted installation service providers; and (viii) any severance expenses that affect our cost of revenue. Operating Expenses. Our operating expenses consist of: (i) general and administrative expenses; (ii) acquisition related expenses; (iii) sales and marketing expenses; and (iv) research and development expenses. Personnel related costs are our largest operating expense. During the second half of fiscal 2013, we initiated cost containment efforts that reduced expenses related to compensation, consulting and other discretionary spending. During fiscal 2014, we increased headcount in our sales areas for our US markets division. During fiscal 2014, we sold our leased corporate jet and consolidated our Plymouth location into our Manitowoc headquarters. Dur- ing the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we sold our facility in Plymouth. During fiscal 2015, we continued to increase sales headcount within all of our revenue generating divisions. Additionally, during fiscal 2015, we invested $0.3 million in a branding campaign to better position us as an LED company to our direct customers and our resellers. We expect our branding campaign to result in generating additional sales pipeline, increase the number of our resellers and increase our market share in newer markets, such as schools and commercial office space. We believe this branding investment is vital in strengthening our position as an LED lighting solutions provider and improving our ability to compete against existing LED lighting companies. We intend to continue to invest in research and product development for new LED lighting products. As a result of cost reduction initiatives during the fiscal 2015 fourth quarter as we implement our business transition to a focus on our LED products, we incurred severance expenses of $0.2 million, of which $0.1 million is attributable to operating expense. Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of costs for: (i) salaries and related personnel expenses, including stock-based compensation charges related to our executive, finance, human resource, information technology and operations organizations; (ii) public company costs, including investor relations, external audit and internal audit; (iii) occupancy expenses; (iv) professional services fees; (v) technology related costs and amortization; (vi) asset impairment charges; and (vii) corporate-related travel. Our acquisition and integration related expenses consist primarily of costs for: (i) variable purchase account- ing expenses for contingent consideration; (ii) legal and accounting costs; and (iii) integration expenses. Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of costs for: (i) salaries and related personnel expenses, including stock-based compensation charges related to our sales and marketing organization; (ii) internal and external sales commissions and bonuses; (iii) travel, lodging and other out-of-pocket expenses associated with our selling efforts; (iv) marketing programs; (v) pre-sales costs; (vi) bad debt; and (vii) other related overhead. Our research and development expenses consist primarily of costs for: (i) salaries and related personnel expenses, including stock-based compensation charges, related to our engineering and product development organization; (ii) payments to consultants; (iii) the design and development of new energy management products and enhancements to our existing energy management system; (iv) quality assurance and testing; and (v) other related overhead. We expense research and development costs as incurred. We expense all pre-sale costs incurred in connection with our sales process prior to obtaining a purchase order. These pre-sale costs may reduce our net income in a given period prior to recognizing any corresponding revenue. We recognize compensation expense for the fair value of our stock option awards and restricted stock awards granted over their related vesting period. We recognized $1.2 million, $1.6 million, and $1.5 million of stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively. As a result of prior option and restricted stock grants, including awards in fiscal 2015, we expect to recognize an additional $2.9 million of stock-based compensation over a weighted average period of approximately 3.5 years. These charges have been, and will continue to be, allocated to cost of product revenue, general and administrative expenses, 38 sales and marketing expenses and research and development expenses based on the departments in which the personnel receiving such awards have primary responsibility. A substantial majority of these charges have been, and likely will continue to be, allocated to general and administrative expenses and sales and marketing expenses. Interest Expense. Our interest expense is comprised primarily of interest expense on outstanding borrow- ings under long-term debt obligations, including the amortization of previously incurred financing costs. We amortize deferred financing costs to interest expense over the life of the related debt instrument, ranging from one to three years. Interest Income. We report interest income earned from our financed OTA contracts and on our cash and cash equivalents and short term investments. For fiscal 2013, our interest income increased as a result of the increasing OTA finance contracts completed that we retained ownership of the contracts and the related interest charged to customers. For fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, our interest income declined as we began to decrease the number of OTA finance contracts where we retained the ownership of the contract. Instead, we elected to utilize our third party equipment finance providers directly and we recorded no interest income on those transactions. Income Taxes. As of March 31, 2015, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $38.6 million for federal tax purposes and $28.9 million for state tax purposes. Included in these loss carryforwards were $3.8 million for federal and $4.1 million for state tax purposes of compensation expenses that were asso- ciated with the exercise of nonqualified stock options. The benefit from our net operating losses created from these compensation expenses has not yet been recognized in our financial statements and will be accounted for in our shareholders’ equity as a credit to additional paid-in capital as the deduction reduces our income taxes pay- able. We also had federal tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.5 million and state tax credits of $0.8 million as of March 31, 2015. A valuation allowance of $19.6 million, equaling the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty of its realization in the future, has been set up to reserve for our net operating losses and our tax credits. It is possible that we may not be able to utilize the full benefit of our state tax credits due to our state apportioned income and the potential expiration of the state tax credits due to the carry forward period. These federal and state net operating losses and credit carryforwards are available, subject to the discussion in the fol- lowing paragraph, to offset future taxable income and, if not utilized, will begin to expire in varying amounts between 2020 and 2035. Our valuation allowance for deferred tax assets is based upon our cumulative three year operating losses. Generally, a change of more than 50% in the ownership of a company’s stock, by value, over a three year period constitutes an ownership change for federal income tax purposes. An ownership change may limit a company’s ability to use its net operating loss carryforwards attributable to the period prior to such change. In fiscal 2007 and prior to our IPO, past issuances and transfers of stock caused an ownership change for certain tax purposes. When certain ownership changes occur, tax laws require that a calculation be made to establish a limi- tation on the use of net operating loss carryforwards created in periods prior to such ownership change. There was no limitation that occurred for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015. We do not believe that this change will impact our overall ability to use our full remaining net operating loss carryforwards during the time period that they are available to us. 39 Results of Operations The following table sets forth the line items of our consolidated statements of operations on an absolute dollar basis and as a relative percentage of our total revenue for each applicable period, together with the relative percentage change in such line item between applicable comparable periods set forth below: 2013 2014 2015 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, (Dollars in thousands) % of Amount Revenue Amount % of Revenue % Change Amount % of Revenue % Change Product revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 72,604 84.3% $71,954 Service revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13,482 15.7% 16,669 81.2% 18.8% (0.9)% $ 65,881 23.6% 6,329 91.2% 8.8% (8.4)% (62.0)% Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cost of product revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cost of service revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86,086 49,551 9,805 100.0% 88,623 100.0% 57.6% 54,423 11.4% 11,220 61.3% 12.7% 2.9% 9.8% 14.4% 72,210 68,388 4,959 100.0% (18.5)% 94.7% 6.9% 25.7% (55.8)% Total cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59,356 68.9% 65,643 74.1% 10.6% 73,347 101.6% 11.7% Gross profit (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . 26,730 13,946 31.1% 22,980 16.2% 14,951 Acquisition and integration related expenses . . . . — —% 819 Sales and marketing expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,129 19.9% 13,527 Research and development expenses . . . . . . . . . . 2,259 2.7% 2,026 25.9% 16.9% 0.9% 15.3% 2.4% (14.0)% (1,137) (1.6)% (104.9)% 7.2% 14,908 100.0% 47 (21.0)% 13,290 (10.3)% 2,554 20.6% 0.1% 18.4% 3.4% (0.3)% (94.3)% (1.8)% 26.1% Loss from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (6,604) (7.7)% (8,343) (9.4)% 26.3% (31,936) (44.2)% 282.8% Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (567) 845 (0.7)% 1.1% (481) 567 (0.4)% (15.2)% 0.6% (32.9)% (376) 300 (0.5)% (21.8)% 0.4% (47.1)% Loss before income tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (6,326) (7.2)% (8,257) (9.3)% 30.5% (32,012) (44.3)% 287.7% Income tax expense (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,073 4.7% (2,058) (2.2)% (150.5)% 49 0.1% (102.4)% Net loss and comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . $(10,399) (12.1)% $ (6,199) (7.0)% (40.4)% $(32,061) (44.4)% 417.2% Consolidated Results Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014 Revenue. Product revenue decreased from $72.0 million for fiscal 2014 to $65.9 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $6.1 million, or 8.4%. As a result of our discontinuance of our sale of new PV systems, our product revenue from renewable energy systems was only $0.9 million for fiscal 2015 compared to $12.2 million for fiscal 2014. We expect this trend of decreasing solar PV system revenue to continue through fiscal 2016 and into the future. Product revenue from energy efficiency lighting systems increased from $59.8 million for fiscal 2014 to $65.0 million for fiscal 2015, an increase of $5.2 million, or 8.7%, predominantly occurring during our fiscal 2015 back half. We attribute the overall increase in product revenue from energy efficient lighting systems dur- ing fiscal 2015 to the emergence of LED lighting solutions. Product sales of our LED fixtures increased from $4.8 million for fiscal 2014 to $30.8 million for fiscal 2015, an increase of $26.0 million or 542%. Within our customer base, LED product costs have been declining while performance, and the related energy reduction, has been improving. During the back half of our fiscal 2015, the return on investment for our customers using LED technology improved and we began to experience an increase in LED product revenue. During the first half of fiscal 2015, we believe customers delayed purchasing decisions as they monitored and evaluated technology alternatives. Service revenue decreased from $16.7 million for fiscal 2014 to $6.3 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $10.4 million, or 62.0%. The decrease in service revenue for fiscal 2015 was a result of fewer solar projects which reduced service revenue by $8.9 million versus the prior year period and also due to the reduction in lighting revenue during the fiscal 2015 first half. Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin. Cost of product revenue increased from $54.4 million for fiscal 2014 to $68.4 million for fiscal 2015, an increase of $14.0 million, or 25.7%. Cost of service revenue decreased from $11.2 million for fiscal 2014 to $5.0 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $6.2 million, or 55.8%. Total gross 40 margin decreased from 25.9% for fiscal 2014 to (1.6)% for fiscal 2015. During the fiscal 2015 second quarter, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $12.1 million related to an assessment of the carrying cost of our long- term wireless control inventory and related development and intangible costs. The wireless controls inventory was deemed to be impaired based upon current market conditions, including a significant decline during the fis- cal year in wireless controls unit volume sales, an increase in product sales in the commercial office and retail markets where the controls product offering is not saleable, limitations in alternative uses for the inventory and the increasing adoption of, and performance improvements in, LED lighting products. Total gross margin exclud- ing the impairment charge decreased from 25.9% for fiscal 2014 to 15.2% for fiscal 2015. Gross margin from our HIF and LED integrated systems revenue for fiscal 2014 was 26.0% compared to 15.0%, excluding the afore- mentioned wireless control impairment, for fiscal 2015. The decrease in our lighting gross margin percentage was impacted by (i) a product warranty charge of $0.6 million; (ii) the increase in the relative sales volume of our lower margin LED products; (iii) higher than anticipated input material costs; and (iv) the decrease in sales volumes of manufactured lighting products and the related under absorption of the fixed expenses associated with our underutilized manufacturing facility. The warranty charge in the fiscal 2015 third quarter was related to a product malfunction in one of our lighting products manufactured in the quarter that resulted from a new engineering modification. We took proactive steps to address this issue with all of our customers who purchased this product. As a result, we do not believe that we will incur recurring warranty costs expenses with respect to this product in future periods. We expect our gross margins from sales of lighting products to improve during our fiscal 2016 as we begin to recognize the benefits of higher purchase volumes of LED components at lower costs and the reduction in expenses from our February 2015 reduction in headcount. Our gross margin on solar PV revenues was 25.6% during fiscal 2014 compared to 25.3% during fiscal 2015. Operating Expenses General and Administrative. Our general and administrative expenses decreased from $15.0 million for fiscal 2014 to $14.9 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 0.3%. The decrease was due to a loss of $1.5 million from the sale of our corporate leased aircraft and including related aviation employee severance expenses during fiscal 2014 that did not reoccur, and a decrease of $0.3 million in legal expenses, partially offset by an increase due to incremental operating expenses of $0.1 million from the acquisition of Harris during fiscal 2014, an increase in depreciation and intangible amortization expenses of $0.3 million, increased compensation and benefit expenses of $0.6 million, increased stock compensation expense of $0.1 million, increased consulting expenses of $0.4 million related to initiatives for recruiting and talent development, strategic sourcing and the creation of financial systems tools, increased travel of $0.1 million and increased costs for general office expenses and software licensing fees of $0.1 million. Acquisition and Integration Related Expenses. Our acquisition related expenses decreased from $0.8 mil- lion for fiscal 2014 to $47 thousand for fiscal 2015. The decrease was due to $0.5 million of expenses incurred during fiscal 2014 related to the acquisition of Harris which included $0.3 million for variable mark-to-market purchase accounting expenses related to the contingent consideration earn-out and $0.2 million for legal, accounting and integration related costs. We incurred $0.3 million in other acquisition related activities for legal and consulting activities during fiscal 2014. Sales and Marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses decreased from $13.5 million for fiscal 2014 to $13.3 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $0.2 million, or 1.8%. The decrease was due to reduced depreciation of $0.5 million as certain of our sales information systems reached the end of their depreciable lives and reduced travel expenses of $0.4 million due to the sale of our corporate jet. These decreases were partially offset by increased spending of $0.3 million for advertising, brand development and product promotions to increase LED revenue opportunities, $0.3 million of incremental expenses resulting from the acquisition of Harris during fiscal 2014 and $0.1 million increase in bad debt expense. Research and Development. Our research and development expenses increased from $2.0 million for fis- cal 2014 to $2.6 million for fiscal 2015, an increase of $0.6 million, or 26.1%. The increase was due to spending for samples, testing and certification of our new LED products as we expanded our LED product lines during fiscal 2015. 41 Interest Expense. Our interest expense decreased from $0.5 million for fiscal 2014 to $0.4 million for fis- cal 2015, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 21.8%. The decrease in interest expense was due to the reduction in financed contract debt for our OTA projects compared to the prior year. Interest Income. Our interest income decreased from $0.6 million for fiscal 2014 to $0.3 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $0.3 million, or 47.1%. Our interest income decreased as we increased the utilization of third party finance providers for a majority of our financed projects. We expect our interest income to continue to decrease as we continue to utilize third party finance providers for our OTA projects. Income Taxes. Our income tax expense increased from an income tax benefit of $2.1 million for fiscal 2014 to income tax expense of $49 thousand for fiscal 2015, an increase of $2.1 million, or 102.4%. During fiscal 2014, we reversed $2.3 million of our valuation reserve to offset deferred tax liabilities created by the acquisition of Harris. Our effective income tax rate for fiscal 2014 was 24.9% compared to a benefit rate of (0.2)% for fiscal 2015. The change in effective rate was due primarily to the changes in the valuation reserve and minimum state tax liabilities. Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013 Revenue. Product revenue decreased from $72.6 million for fiscal 2013 to $72.0 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $0.6 million, or 0.9%. Product revenue from energy efficiency lighting systems decreased from $62.5 million for fiscal 2013 to $59.8 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $2.7 million, predominantly occurring dur- ing our fiscal 2014 back half. We attribute the overall decline in product revenue during the back half of fiscal 2014 to delayed customer purchase decisions as a result of the continuing emergence of LED lighting solutions. Additionally, delays to project installations resulting from the government shutdown in October 2013 resulted in revenue reductions of approximately $2.0 million as installation crews were not allowed to access the project sites until late February 2014. Partially offsetting the decline in energy efficient lighting product revenue, product revenue from sales of solar PV systems increased from $10.1 million for fiscal 2013 to $12.2 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $2.1 million. The increase in solar PV product revenue was due to the construction of a $20.0 million single landfill solar project during fiscal 2014. Service revenue increased from $13.5 million for fiscal 2013 to $16.7 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $3.2 million, or 23.6%. The increase in service rev- enue was due to an increase in the number of installations resulting from the acquisition of Harris and $1.1 mil- lion from the related installation services resulting from our single landfill solar project installed during fiscal 2014. During fiscal 2014, we de-emphasized our solar sales efforts due to a decline in new solar project orders so that we can focus our efforts on the large LED retrofit market. Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin. Cost of product revenue increased from $49.6 million for fiscal 2013 to $54.4 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $4.8 million, or 9.8%. Cost of service revenue increased from $9.8 million for fiscal 2013 to $11.2 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $1.4 million, or 14.4%. Total gross margin decreased from 31.1% for fiscal 2013 to 25.9% for fiscal 2014. Gross margin from our HIF and LED integrated systems revenue for fiscal 2013 was 31.2% compared to 26.0% for fiscal 2014. For fiscal 2014, our gross margin declined due to reduced sales volumes of manufactured lighting products and the related impact of fixed expenses within our manufacturing facility, an increased mix of lower margin solar projects compared to the prior year and severance expenses of $0.1 million related to the acquisition of Harris. Additionally, during fiscal 2014, we recorded $2.0 million in expenses related to inventory reserves compared to $0.9 million in fiscal 2013. The increase in inventory reserve expense was due to the decline in HIF product revenue that occurred during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014 and our expectations that LED products will become a larger portion of our future revenue. The reserve was based upon our evaluation of existing fluorescent component inventory levels, our his- torical usage trends and our expectations on future requirements. Our gross margin on solar PV revenues was 30.5% during fiscal 2013 compared to 25.6% during fiscal 2014. The decrease in solar PV gross margin percent- age was due to the lower margin on our single landfill solar project in fiscal 2014 and some unusually high mar- gin solar projects completed during fiscal 2013. Operating Expenses General and Administrative. Our general and administrative expenses increased from $13.9 million for fiscal 2013 to $15.0 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $1.1 million, or 7.2%. The increase was due to a loss 42 of $1.4 million from the sale of our corporate leased aircraft and including related aviation employee severance expenses, increased insurance expenses of $0.2 million, $0.6 million for the amortization of intangible assets resulting from the acquisition of Harris, $0.9 million for incremental operating expenses from the acquisition of Harris and $0.3 million in asset impairment expenses and contract terminations related to facility consolidations. These increases were partially offset by decreases due to prior year expenses of $1.2 million resulting from our reorganization, $0.6 million in reduced compensation and benefit expenses resulting from headcount reductions, $0.2 million in reduced legal expenses and $0.4 million in other reductions in discretionary spending. Acquisition and Integration Related Expenses. Our acquisition related expenses increased from none for fiscal 2013 to $0.8 million for fiscal 2014. The increase was due to $0.5 million of expenses incurred related to the acquisition of Harris which included $0.3 million for variable mark-to-market purchase accounting expenses related to the contingent consideration earn-out and $0.2 million for legal, accounting and integration related costs. We incurred $0.3 million in other acquisition related activities for legal and consulting activities. Sales and Marketing. Our sales and marketing expenses decreased from $17.1 million for fiscal 2013 to $13.5 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $3.6 million, or 21.0%. The decrease was due to reduced compensa- tion and benefit expense of $1.7 million resulting from headcount reductions, reduced bad debt expense of $0.6 million, reorganization expenses incurred in fiscal 2013 of $0.3 million, $0.2 million in reduced depreciation expense and discretionary spending reductions of $2.2 million, offset by an increase in our sales commission expense of $0.1 million resulting from the revenue increase and incremental expenses of $1.3 million resulting from the acquisition of Harris. Research and Development. Our research and development expenses decreased from $2.3 million for fis- cal 2013 to $2.0 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $0.3 million, or 10.3%. The decrease was due to a reduc- tion in compensation expenses, consulting expenses and product testing costs related to our energy management controls initiatives. Interest Expense. Our interest expense decreased from $567,000 for fiscal 2013 to $481,000 for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $86,000, or 15.2%. The decrease in interest expense was due to the reduction in financed contract debt for our OTA projects compared to the prior year first half. Interest Income. Our interest income decreased from $845,000 for fiscal 2013 to $567,000 for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $278,000, or 32.9%. Our interest income decreased as we increased the utilization of third party finance providers for virtually all of our financed projects. We expect our interest income to continue to decrease as we continue to utilize third party finance providers for our OTA projects. Income Taxes. Our income tax expense decreased from $4.1 million for fiscal 2013 to an income tax bene- fit of $2.1 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $6.2 million, or 151%. During fiscal 2013, we recorded a valu- ation reserve against our deferred tax assets in the amount of $4.1 million due to uncertainty over the realization value of these assets in the future. During fiscal 2014, we reversed $2.3 million of our valuation reserve to offset deferred tax liabilities created by the acquisition of Harris. Our effective income tax rate for fiscal 2014 was 24.9%, compared to (64.4)% for fiscal 2013. The change in effective rate was due primarily to the changes in the valuation reserve and expected minimum state tax liabilities. U.S. Markets Segment Our U.S. Markets Division sells lighting solutions into the wholesale markets. The following table summarizes our U.S. Markets segment operating results: (dollars in thousands) For the year ended March 31, 2014 2015 2013 Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $30,262 110 $ 0.4% $38,766 $ (1,012) $ 37,778 $(12,542) (2.6)% (33.2)% 43 Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014 U.S. Markets segment revenue decreased from $38.8 million for fiscal 2014 to $37.8 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $1.0 million, or 2.6%. The decrease was primarily due to the delay in customer purchasing deci- sions resulting from the continuing emergence of LED lighting solutions. We believe customers delayed deci- sions throughout the first half of fiscal 2015 as they monitored and evaluated lighting technology alternatives. We believe that our initiatives to expand the number of our key resellers has resulted in increased pipeline of prospective lighting deals and are helping to position for future potential growth in this segment. U.S. Markets segment operating loss increased from $1.0 million for fiscal 2014 to an operating loss of $12.5 million for fiscal 2015, an increase of $11.5 million, or 1150.0%. The increase in operating loss for fiscal 2015 was primarily due to $7.5 million of expense related to the proportional long-term inventory controls impairment charge and to the mix increase of lower margin LED products. Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013 U.S. Markets segment revenue increased from $30.3 million for fiscal 2013 to $38.8 million for fiscal 2014, an increase of $8.5 million, or 28.1%. The increase was due to increased sales of our HIF lighting systems through our reseller network and an improved economic environment which increased our customers’ capital spending. U.S. Markets segment operating income decreased from $0.1 million for fiscal 2013 to an operating loss of $1.0 million for fiscal 2014, a decrease of $1.1 million, or 1100.0%. The decrease in operating income for fiscal 2014 was a result of of the expense for inventory reserves in the amount of $2.0 million resulting from lower fluorescent product sales. Engineered Systems Segment Our Engineered Systems Division sells lighting products and construction and engineering services direct to end users. Our Engineered Systems Division will also complete the construction management services related to existing contracted solar PV projects. The following table summarizes the engineered systems segment operating results: (dollars in thousands) For the year ended March 31, 2014 2015 2013 Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $55,824 806 $ 1.4% $49,857 $ 1,260 $ 33,454 $(12,431) 2.5% (37.2)% Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014 Engineered systems segment revenue decreased from $49.9 million for fiscal 2014 to $33.5 million for fis- cal 2015, a decrease of $16.4 million, or 32.9%. The decrease in revenue for fiscal 2015 was due to a decrease in the number and size of solar projects under construction which resulted in a revenue decrease of $20.2 million, offset by an increase in LED lighting revenue and the acquisition of Harris. Engineered systems segment operating income decreased from $1.3 million for fiscal 2014 to an operating loss of $12.4 million for fiscal 2015, a decrease of $13.6 million, or 1053.8%. The decrease in operating income for fiscal 2015 was due to $4.6 million of expense related to the proportional long-term inventory controls impairment charge incurred during the fiscal 2015 second quarter, to the decline in revenue and the reduction in contribution margin dollars, to the mix increase of lower margin LED products and a $0.3 million increase in amortization expense related to intangible assets as a result of the Harris acquisition in July 2013. Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013 Engineered systems segment revenue decreased from $55.8 million for fiscal 2013 to $49.9 million for fis- cal 2014, a decrease of $5.9 million, or 10.6%. The decrease was due to decreased sales of our HIF lighting sys- tems due to delayed customer purchase decisions, which we attribute to the emergence of LED lighting solutions. 44 Engineered systems segment operating income increased from $0.8 million for fiscal 2013 to $1.3 million of operating income for fiscal 2014, an increase of $0.5 million, or 62.5%. The increase in operating income for fiscal 2014 was a result of reduced service costs for solar PV system gross margins and a reduction in operating expenses as we began to de-emphasize our solar business and redeploy personnel to our U.S. markets division to address the LED lighting retrofit market opportunity. Distribution Services Segment Our Distribution Services Division sells lighting products internationally and is developing a network of broad line distributors. The following table summarizes our Distribution Services segment operating results: (dollars in thousands) For the year ended March 31, 2014 2013 2015 Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — —% — — —% 978 (455) (46.5)% Fiscal 2015 Compared to Fiscal 2014 Distribution services segment revenue increased from none for fiscal 2014 to $1.0 million, or 100%, for fiscal 2015. The increase in revenue for fiscal 2015 was due to the organizational changes that occurred at the beginning of fiscal 2015 and the new distribution markets into which our Distribution Services division sells. Distribution services segment operating loss decreased from none for fiscal 2014 to an operating loss of $0.5 million for fiscal 2015. The operating loss was due to the impact of low factory utilization levels on gross margin and our investment in selling costs to start-up this business unit. Quarterly Results of Operations The following tables present our unaudited quarterly results of operations for the last eight fiscal quarters in the period ended March 31, 2015 (i) on an absolute dollar basis (in thousands) and (ii) as a percentage of total revenue for the applicable fiscal quarter. You should read the following tables in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this Form 10-K. In our opinion, the unaudited financial information presented below has been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements, and includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our operating results for the fiscal quarters presented. Operating results for any fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results for any future fiscal quarters or for a full fiscal year. Jun 30, 2013 Sep 30, 2013 Dec 31, 2013 Mar 31, 2014 Jun 30, 2014 Sep 30, 2014 Dec 31, 2014 Mar 31, 2015 For the Three Months Ended (in thousands, unaudited) Product revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $17,523 3,329 $21,181 6,314 $22,380 5,312 $10,870 1,714 $12,243 1,070 $ 12,645 748 $23,646 2,492 $17,347 2,019 Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cost of product revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cost of service revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acquisition and integration related . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sales and marketing expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Research and development expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Income (loss) before income tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Income tax expense (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,852 12,884 2,245 15,129 5,723 2,759 — 3,303 490 (829) (113) 174 (768) 13 27,495 15,638 4,028 19,666 7,829 3,173 356 3,644 448 208 (142) 153 219 (2,184) 27,692 15,742 3,800 19,542 8,150 3,277 88 3,397 478 910 (123) 132 919 (99) 12,584 10,159 1,147 11,306 1,278 5,817 300 3,183 610 (8,632) (103) 108 (8,627) 212 13,313 9,855 846 10,701 2,612 3,648 22 2,878 416 (4,352) (90) 94 (4,348) 11 13,393 23,364 584 23,948 (10,555) 3,842 — 3,367 569 (18,333) (83) 83 (18,333) 13 26,138 20,293 2,021 22,314 3,824 3,814 2 3,771 889 (4,652) (62) 69 (4,645) 18 19,366 14,876 1,508 16,384 2,982 3,604 23 3,274 680 (4,599) (141) 54 (4,686) 7 Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ (781) $ 2,403 $ 1,018 $ (8,839) $ (4,359) $(18,346) $ (4,663) $ (4,693) 45 Product revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84.0% 16.0% 77.0% 23.0% 80.8% 19.2% 86.4% 13.6% 92.0% 8.0% 94.4% 90.5% 9.5% 5.6% 89.6% 10.4% Jun 30, 2013 Sep 30, 2013 Dec 31, 2013 Mar 31, 2014 Jun 30, 2014 Sep 30, 2014 Dec 31, 2014 Mar 31, 2015 (in thousands, unaudited) Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cost of product revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cost of service revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 100.0% 76.8% 61.8% 7.8% 10.8% 74.0% 174.4% 77.7% 7.7% 4.4% 6.4% 56.9% 13.7% 56.9% 14.6% 80.7% 9.1% Total cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72.6% 71.5% 70.6% Gross margin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acquisition and integration related expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sales and marketing expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Research and development expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27.4% 13.2% 0.0% 15.9% 2.3% 28.5% 11.5% 1.3% 13.3% 1.6% 29.4% 11.8% 0.3% 12.3% 1.7% 89.8% 10.2% 46.2% 2.4% 25.3% 4.9% 80.4% 178.8% 85.4% 19.6% (78.8)% 14.6% 28.7% 14.6% 27.4% 0.2% 0.0% 0.0% 25.1% 14.4% 21.6% 3.4% 4.3% 3.1% 84.6% 15.4% 18.6% 0.1% 16.9% 3.5% Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4.0)% 0.8% (0.5)% (0.6)% (0.5)% 0.5% 0.6% 0.8% 3.3% (68.6)% (32.7)% (136.9)% (17.8)% (23.7)% (0.8)% 0.3% (0.6)% (0.3)% 0.3% 0.6% (0.9)% 0.9% (0.7)% 0.7% Income (loss) before income tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Income tax expense (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3.7)% 0.0% 0.8% (7.9)% (0.4)% 3.3% (68.6)% (32.7)% (136.9)% (17.8)% (24.2)% 0.0% 1.6% 0.0% 0.1% 0.0% Net income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (3.7)% 8.7% 3.7% (70.2)% (32.7)% (137.0)% (17.8)% (24.2)% Our total revenue can fluctuate from quarter to quarter depending on the purchasing decisions of our custom- ers and our overall level of sales activity. Historically, our customers have tended to increase their purchases near the beginning or end of their capital budget cycles, which tend to correspond to the beginning or end of the calendar year. As a result, we have in the past experienced lower relative total revenue in our fiscal first and second quarters and higher relative total revenue in our fiscal third quarter. We expect that there may be future variations in our quarterly total revenue depending on our level of national account roll-out projects, federal government and public sector projects, acquisitions, wholesale sales and our de-emphasis of PV solar systems projects. Our results for any particular fiscal quarter may not be indicative of results for other fiscal quarters or an entire fiscal year. Liquidity and Capital Resources Overview We had approximately $20.0 million in cash and cash equivalents and $0 million in short-term investments as of March 31, 2015 compared to $17.6 million in cash and cash equivalents and $0.5 million in short-term investments as of March 31, 2014. Our cash equivalents are invested in money market accounts. Our increase in cash during fiscal 2015 was primarily due to our February 2015 follow-on public offering of common stock. In January 2014, we filed a universal shelf registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commis- sion. Under our shelf registration statement, we have the flexibility to publicly offer and sell from time to time up to $75 million of debt and/or equity securities, approximately $55 million of which remains available following the February 2015 offering. The filing of the shelf registration statement will help facilitate our ability to raise public equity or debt capital to expand existing businesses, fund potential acquisitions, invest in other growth opportunities, or repay existing debt. In May 2014, we sold our building and equipment located in Plymouth, Wisconsin as we consolidated our Wisconsin operations into our corporate headquarters located in Manitowoc, Wisconsin. The sale resulted in net proceeds, after commissions and expenses, of approximately $1.0 million. The Plymouth building was classified as an asset held for sale beginning in March 2014. The effect of suspending depreciation was immaterial due to the short duration of time that the building was for sale. In February 2015, we entered into a new credit and security agreement with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association providing for a new three-year revolving credit facility replacing our prior agreements with JPMorgan Chase Bank. The agreement provides for an initial credit limit of $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base requirement based on eligible receivables and inventory. Borrowings under the agreement will bear interest at the daily three-month LIBOR plus 3.0% per annum. 46 In February 2015, we paid the remaining outstanding balance of $0.5 million on our mortgage note payable with Hometown Bank to facilitate providing additional collateral security to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association under our new credit facility. In February 2015, we completed an underwritten public offering of 5.46 million shares of our common stock, at an offering price to the public of $3.50 per share. Net proceeds of the offering approximated $17.5 million. We continue to actively pursue potential acquisition opportunities. Any future potential acquisitions would likely be funded by our available cash, our credit agreement borrowing capacity, seller financing and/or the issu- ance of additional equity or debt securities. Our future liquidity needs are dependent upon many factors, including our revenue, gross margins, cash management practices, capital expenditures, cost containment measures and future potential acquisition trans- actions. The return to a recessionary state of the global economy could potentially have negative effects on our near- term liquidity and capital resources, including slower collections of receivables, delays of existing order deliv- eries and postponements of incoming orders. However, we believe that our existing cash and cash equivalents, our anticipated cash flows from operating activities and our borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash needs for at least the next 12 months. As a result of the $20.0 million in cash and cash equivalents as of March 31, 2015, we expect to have adequate cash flows to fund operations during fiscal 2016. Our future working capital requirements thereafter will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue, our introduction of new products and services and enhancements to our existing energy management system, our ability to negotiate favorable payment terms with our supply chain, the timing and extent of expansions of our sales force and other administrative and production personnel, the timing and extent of advertising, branding and promotional campaigns, legal expenses and our research and development activities. Cash Flows The following table summarizes our cash flows for our fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015: Operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2014 2015 (in thousands) $ 9,901 (4,814) (1,895) $(12,812) (730) 15,976 $ 2,261 (2,271) (8,625) (Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $(8,635) $ 3,192 $ 2,434 Cash Flows Related to Operating Activities. Cash used in operating activities primarily consist of net loss adjusted for certain non-cash items including depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation expenses, income taxes and the effect of changes in working capital and other activities. Cash used in operating activities for fiscal 2015 was $12.8 million and consisted of net cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $0.6 million and a net loss adjusted for non-cash expense items of $13.4 million. Cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities consisted of an increase in accounts payable of $2.5 million due to the increase in inventory purchases to support our growth in lighting product rev- enue during the fiscal 2015 back half, an increase of $0.8 million in accrued expenses due to increased warranty reserves and accrued project installation costs, a decrease in deferred contract costs of $0.7 million due to the completion of solar projects and a decrease in prepaid and other assets of $1.3 million for project billings that reduced unbilled revenue related to financed projects. Cash used by changes in operating assets and liabilities included an increase of $1.9 million in accounts receivable due to the increase in lighting revenue during the fiscal 2015 back half, an increase of $2.4 million in inventory due to the increase in purchases to support our anticipated growth in lighting product revenue for fiscal 2016 and a decrease in deferred revenue of $0.4 million due to project completions. 47 Cash provided from operating activities for fiscal 2014 was $9.9 million and consisted of net cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $8.0 million and net income adjusted for non-cash expense items of $1.9 million. Cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities consisted of a decrease of $4.0 mil- lion in inventory on decreased purchases of lighting components, predominantly fluorescent ballasts, lamps, wireless controls and motion sensors, a decrease in deferred contract costs of $1.4 million due to the timing of project completions and a decrease in accounts receivable of $8.4 million related to customer collections. Cash used from changes in operating assets and liabilities included a $1.1 million increase in prepaid expenses and other for unbilled revenue related to solar projects, a decrease in accounts payable of $0.8 million on reduced inventory purchases, a $2.3 million decrease in deferred revenue due to the decline in solar project activity and a decrease in accrued expenses due to a decrease in accrued reorganization expenses. Cash provided from operating activities for fiscal 2013 was $2.3 million and consisted of net cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities of $1.1 million and a net loss adjusted for non-cash expense items of $1.2 million. Cash provided by changes in operating assets and liabilities consisted of a decrease of $2.9 million in inventory on decreased purchases of lighting components, predominantly fluorescent lamps and ballasts, a decrease in accounts receivable of $2.5 million on increased collections, an increase in accrued expenses of $2.2 million due to the timing of reorganization expenses, accrued bonus expenses and increased accrued legal expenses, and a decrease in prepaid and other assets of $1.3 million for unbilled revenue related to solar projects where construction progress is billed to the customer at the beginning of the month following the month in which the work was performed. Cash used from changes in operating assets and liabilities included a $6.5 million decrease in accounts payable due to payments during the second half of fiscal 2013 resulting from the settlement of vendor disputes and a decrease in deferred revenue of $1.5 million due to the timing of advanced billings and the achievement of performance criteria for revenue recognition. Cash Flows Related to Investing Activities. Cash used in investing activities was $2.3 million, $4.8 million and $0.7 million for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. In fiscal 2015, we invested $2.0 million for capital improvements related to new product tooling, information technology systems and infrastructure investments to improve response time to customers and generate business efficiencies and $0.2 million for investment in pat- ents. Cash provided from investing activities included $0.5 million from the sale of short-term investments and $1.0 million of proceeds from the sales of our facility in Plymouth, Wisconsin. In fiscal 2014, we invested $5.0 million for the acquisition of Harris and $0.4 million for capital improvements related to product development tooling and information technology systems. Cash provided from investing activities included $0.5 million for the sales of short-term investments and $0.1 million in proceeds from the sale of assets. In fiscal 2013, we invested $2.2 million for capital improvements related to our product development, information technology sys- tems, manufacturing improvements and facility investments and $0.2 million for investment in patent activities. Cash Flows Related to Financing Activities. Cash provided by financing activities was $16.0 million for fiscal 2015. This included $17.5 million in net proceeds from our February 2015 stock offering, $2.5 million in borrowings against our revolving credit facility, $0.4 million from the refinancing of the JP Morgan OTA credit facility and $0.5 million in proceeds from stock option and warrant exercises and stock note repayments. Cash flows used in financing activities included $4.5 million for repayment of long-term debt and $0.4 million for financing costs related to new debt agreements. Cash used in financing activities was $1.9 million for fiscal 2014. This included $3.2 million for repayment of long-term debt. Cash flows provided by financing activities included $1.1 million received from stock option exercises and $0.2 million from shareholder note repayments. Cash used in financing activities was $8.6 million for fiscal 2013. This included $6.0 million used for repurchases of shares of our common stock and $3.2 million for repayment of long-term debt. In October 2012, we halted our common stock repurchase program. Cash flows provided by financing activities included $0.4 mil- lion in new short-term debt borrowings to fund equipment lease buyouts, $0.1 million received from stock option exercises and shareholder note repayments and $0.1 million for excess tax benefits from stock based compensa- tion. 48 Working Capital Our net working capital as of March 31, 2015 was $36.7 million, consisting of $55.0 million in current assets and $18.3 million in current liabilities. Our net working capital as of March 31, 2014 was $33.1 million, consisting of $50.3 million in current assets and $17.2 million in current liabilities. Our current accounts receiv- able balance increased by $3.2 million from the fiscal year end due to increased LED revenue during the back half of fiscal 2015. Our current inventory increased from the fiscal year end by $2.5 million due to increases in LED component inventories to support the increase in LED product orders and our fiscal year-end backlog of $6.9 million in lighting orders. Our prepaid and other current assets decreased by $2.3 million due to a $1.1 mil- lion decrease in unbilled revenue for completed solar projects and the sale of the Plymouth facility ($1.0 million reduction) which was classified as an asset held for sale. Our accounts payable increased $2.5 million on the increase in inventory, increased contractor activity from national account projects, increased sourced products and improvements in negotiated vendor payment terms as we transition our supply chain to an increasing number of new LED vendors. Our accrued expenses increased from our fiscal 2014 year end by $0.6 million due to a $0.5 million increase in warranty reserves, a $0.2 million increase in accrued service installation costs, a $0.2 million increase in accrued compensation expenses and a $0.4 million increase in tax reserves, offset by a reduc- tion of $0.7 million for the Harris deferred consideration. Our deferred revenue decreased from our fiscal 2014 year end by $0.3 million as we completed the construction of solar PV projects. During our fiscal 2014 fourth quarter, we experienced a decline in revenue from sales of our HIF lighting systems. Due to this decline in HIF product revenue and our expectations that LED products will become a larger portion of our future revenue, we recorded expense of $1.4 million to our inventory obsolescence reserve during the fiscal 2014 fourth quarter and a total of $2.0 million in expense for inventory obsolescence reserves during fiscal 2014. This reserve was based upon our evaluation of existing fluorescent component inventory levels, our historical usage trends and our expectations on future requirements. During fiscal 2013, we decreased our inventories by $2.9 million as we reduced our safety stock levels of electronic components and fluorescent lamps after assessing that previous concerns over shortages of rare earth minerals were no longer negatively impacting the production of fluorescent lamps. We generally attempt to maintain at least a three-month supply of on-hand inventory of purchased compo- nents and raw materials to meet anticipated demand, as well as to reduce our risk of unexpected raw material or component shortages or supply interruptions. Our accounts receivables, inventory and payables may increase to the extent our revenue and order levels increase. Indebtedness New Revolving Credit Agreement On February 6, 2015, we entered into a new three-year credit and security agreement (Credit Agreement) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are initially limited to $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base requirement based on eligible receivables and inventory. Such limit may increase to $20.0 million, subject to the borrowing base requirement, after July 31, 2016, if we satisfy certain conditions. The Credit Facility includes a $2.0 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit. As of March 31, 2015, we had approximately $4.4 million of current borrowing capacity under the Credit Facility. From and after any increase in the Credit Facility limit from $15.0 million to $20.0 million, the Credit Agreement will require us to maintain as of the end of each month a minimum ratio for the trailing 12-month period of (i) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, subject to certain adjustments, to (ii) the sum of cash interest expense, certain principal payments on indebtedness and certain dividends, dis- tributions and stock redemptions, equal to at least 1.10 to 1.00. The Credit Agreement also contains other customary covenants, including certain restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, consolidate or merge, enter into acquisitions, guarantee obligations of third parties, make loans or advances, declare or pay any dividend or distribution on our stock, redeem or repurchase shares of our stock, or pledge or dispose of assets. 49 Each of our subsidiaries is a joint and several co-borrower or guarantor under the Credit Agreement, and the Credit Agreement is secured by a security interest in substantially all of our and each of our subsidiary’s personal property (excluding various assets relating to customer throughput agreements) and a mortgage on certain real property. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement will bear interest at the daily three-month LIBOR plus 3.0% per annum, with a minimum interest charge for each year or portion of a year during the term of the Credit Agree- ment of $130,000, regardless of usage. We must pay an unused line fee of 0.25% per annum of the daily average unused amount of the Credit Facility and a letter of credit fee at the rate of 3.0% per annum on the undrawn amount of letters of credit outstanding from time to time under the Credit Facility. In July 2013, we issued an unsecured and subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $3.1 mil- lion to help fund our acquisition of Harris. The note bears interest at the rate of 4% per annum, is payable in quarterly installments of principal and interest and matures in July 2016. In addition to our Credit Facility, we also have other existing long-term indebtedness and obligations under various debt instruments, including pur- suant to a federal block grant loan, an equipment loan and two notes for funding OTA contracts. As of March 31, 2015, the total amount of principal outstanding on these various obligations, including the Harris sellers note, was $2.6 million. These obligations have varying maturity dates between 2016 and 2017 and bear interest at annual rates of between 2.0% and 8.36%. The weighted average annual interest rate of such obligations as of March 31, 2015 was 5.23%. Based on interest rates in effect as of March 31, 2015, we expect that our total debt service payments on such obligations for fiscal 2016, including scheduled principal, lease and interest payments, but excluding any repayment of borrowings on the Credit Facility, will approximate $2.0 million. Except for the Harris sellers’ note, all of these obligations are subject to security interests on our assets. Several of these obliga- tions have covenants, such as customary financial and restrictive covenants, including limits on distributions; and restrictions on our ability to make loans, advances, extensions of credit, investments, capital contributions, incur additional indebtedness, create liens, guaranty obligations, merge or consolidate or undergo a change in control. As of March 31, 2015, we were in compliance with all such covenants. Prior Credit Agreements with JP Morgan We previously had an amended credit agreement (JPM Credit Agreement) with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (JP Morgan) that provided for a revolving credit facility (JPM Credit Facility). Borrowings under the JPM Credit Facility were limited to $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base requirement when the outstanding principal balance of loans under the JPM Credit Facility was greater than $5.0 million. In addition, we previously had a credit agreement with JP Morgan that provided up to $5.0 million that was immediately available to fund completed customer contracts under our OTA finance program. We had one year from the date of the commit- ment to borrow under the credit agreement, which expired on September 30, 2012 for new borrowings. On November 6, 2014, we received a letter from JP Morgan terminating the bank’s obligations to make any further loans to us under the revolving JPM Credit Agreement and the OTA credit agreement due to our failure to meet certain financial covenants and declaring the outstanding loans due and payable. As of such date, we had an outstanding OTA credit agreement loan balance of $467 thousand and no amounts outstanding on the JPM Credit Agreement. We fully satisfied our outstanding obligations under the OTA credit agreement with existing cash balances. Capital Spending Over the past three fiscal years, we have made capital expenditures primarily for general corporate purposes for our corporate headquarters and technology center, production equipment and tooling and for information technology systems. Our capital expenditures totaled $2.2 million, $0.4 million and $2.0 million in fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. We plan to incur approximately $1.0 million to $1.2 million in capital expenditures in fiscal 2016. Our capital spending plans predominantly consist of investments related to new product develop- ment tooling and investments in information technology systems. We expect to finance these capital expenditures primarily through our existing cash, equipment secured loans and leases, to the extent needed, long-term debt financing, or by using our available capacity under our Credit Facility. 50 Contractual Obligations Information regarding our known contractual obligations of the types described below as of March 31, 2015 is set forth in the following table: Bank debt obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cash interest payments on debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating lease obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purchase order and capital expenditure commitments(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total Payments Due By Period Total $4,565 98 521 4,371 $9,555 Less than 1 Year $1,832 86 265 4,371 $6,554 1-3 Years (in thousands) $2,733 12 256 — $3,001 3-5 Years More than 5 Years $— — — — $— $— — — — $— (1) Reflects non-cancellable purchase commitments in the amount of $4.3 million for certain inventory items entered into in order to secure better pricing and ensure materials on hand. The table of contractual obligations and commitments does not include our unrecognized tax benefits which were $0.2 million at March 31, 2015. We have a high degree of uncertainty regarding the timing of any adjust- ments to these unrecognized benefits. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements We have no off-balance sheet arrangements. Inflation Our results from operations have not been, and we do not expect them to be, materially affected by inflation. Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon our con- solidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make cer- tain estimates and judgments that affect our reported assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses, and our related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We re-evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to revenue recognition, inventory valuation, the collectability of receivables, stock-based compensation, warranty reserves and income taxes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates. A summary of our critical accounting policies is set forth below. Revenue Recognition. We recognize revenue when the following criteria have been met: there is persua- sive evidence of an arrangement; delivery has occurred and title has passed to the customer; the sales price is fixed and determinable and no further obligation exists; and collectability is reasonably assured. Virtually all of our revenue is recognized when products are shipped to a customer or when services are completed and accept- ance provisions, if any, have been met. In certain of our contracts, we provide multiple deliverables. We record the revenue associated with each element of these arrangements by allocating the total contract revenue to each element based on their relative selling prices. In such circumstances, we use a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables: (1) vendor-specific objective evidence, or “VSOE” of sell- ing price, if available, (2) third-party evidence, or “TPE” of selling price if VSOE is not available, and (3) best estimate of the selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available. We determine the selling price for our lighting and energy management system products, installation and recycling services and for solar renewable product and services using management’s best estimate of selling price as VSOE or TPE evidence does not exist. We consider external and internal factors including, but not limited to, pricing practices, margin objectives, competi- 51 tion, geographies in which we offer our products and services, internal costs, and the scope and size of projects. Our PPA contracts are supply side agreements for the generation of electricity for which we recognize revenue on a monthly basis over the life of the PPA contract, typically in excess of 10 years. For sales of our solar PV systems, we recognize revenue using the percentage-of-completion method by measuring project progress by the percentage of costs incurred to date of the total estimated costs for each contract as materials are installed. Rev- enue from sales of our solar PV systems is generally recognized over a period of three to 15 months. Addition- ally, we offer our OTA sales-type financing program under which we finance the customer’s purchase of our energy management systems. Our OTA contracts are sales-type capital leases under GAAP and we record rev- enue at the net present value of the future payments at the time customer acceptance of the installed and operat- ing system is complete. Our OTA contracts under this sales-type financing are either structured with a fixed term, typically 60 months, and a bargain purchase option at the end of term, or are one year in duration and, at the completion of the initial one-year term, provide for (i) one to four automatic one-year renewals at agreed upon pricing; (ii) an early buyout for cash; or (iii) the return of the equipment at the customer’s expense. The revenue that we are entitled to receive from the sale of our lighting fixtures under our OTA financing program is fixed and is based on the cost of the lighting fixtures and applicable profit margin. Our revenue from agreements entered into under this program is not dependent upon our customers’ actual energy savings. Upon completion of the installation, we may choose to sell the future cash flows and residual rights to the equipment on a non- recourse basis to an unrelated third party finance company in exchange for cash and future payments. Deferred revenue or deferred costs are recorded for project sales consisting of multiple elements or perform- ance milestones, where the criteria for revenue recognition has not been met. Substantially all of our deferred revenue relates to advance customer billings for solar PV projects or to prepaid services to be provided at determined future dates. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015, our deferred revenue was $1.9 million and $1.5 million, respectively. Deferred costs on product are recorded as a current or long-term asset dependent upon when the project completion is expected to occur. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015, our deferred costs were $0.7 million and $0.1 million, respectively. Inventories. Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value and include raw materials, work in process and finished goods. Items are removed from inventory using the first-in, first-out method. Work in proc- ess inventories are comprised of raw materials that have been converted into components for final assembly. Inventory amounts include the cost to manufacture the item, such as the cost of raw materials and related freight, labor and other applied overhead costs. We review our inventory for obsolescence and marketability. If the esti- mated market value, which is based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions, falls below cost, then the inventory value is reduced to its market value. During fiscal 2015, we recorded an impairment charge of $11.0 million to our wireless controls inventory. Our inventory obsolescence reserves at March 31, 2014 and 2015 were $2.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively. Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We perform ongoing evaluations of our customers and continuously monitor collections and payments and estimate an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon the aging of the underlying receivables, our historical experience with write-offs and specific customer collection issues that we have identified. While such credit losses have historically been within our expectations, and we believe appro- priate reserves have been established, we may not adequately predict future credit losses. If the financial con- dition of our customers were to deteriorate and result in an impairment of their ability to make payments, additional allowances might be required which would result in additional general and administrative expense in the period such determination is made. Our allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.4 million and $0.5 million at March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively. Recoverability of Long-Lived Assets. We evaluate long-lived assets such as property, equipment and defi- nite lived intangible assets, such as patents, customer relationships, developed technology, and non-competition agreements, for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets recognized in our financial statements may not be recoverable. Factors that we consider include whether there has been a significant decrease in the market value of an asset, a significant change in the way an asset is being utilized, or a significant change, delay or departure in our strategy for that asset, such as the loss of a customer in the case of customer relationships. Our assessment of the recoverability of long-lived assets involves significant judgment and estimation. These assessments reflect our assumption, which, we believe, are consistent with the 52 assumptions hypothetical marketplace participants use. Factors that we must estimate when performing recover- ability and impairment tests include, among others, the economic life of the asset. If impairment is indicated, we first determine if the total estimated future cash flows on an undiscounted basis are less than the carrying amounts of the asset or assets. If so, an impairment loss is measured and recognized. During fiscal 2015, we recorded an impairment loss of $1.1 million related to development and licensing costs for our wireless controls inventory. After an impairment loss is recognized, a new, lower cost basis for that long-lived asset is established. Sub- sequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the reversal of a previously recognized impairment loss. Our impairment loss calculations require that we apply judgment in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, including estimating useful lives of the assets. To make these judgments, we may use internal dis- counted cash flow estimates, quoted market prices when available and independent appraisals as appropriate to determine fair value. If actual results are not consistent with our assumptions and judgments used in estimating future cash flows and asset fair values, we may be required to recognize additional impairment losses which could be material to our results of operations. Goodwill. We test goodwill for impairment at least annually as of the first day of the fiscal fourth quarter, or when indications of potential impairment exist. We monitor for the existence of potential impairment indicators throughout the fiscal year. We conduct impairment testing for goodwill at the reporting unit level. Reporting units, as defined by ASC 350, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other, may be operating segments as a whole or an operation one level below an operating segment, referred to as a component. For fiscal 2015, our goodwill impairment testing was conducted at our segment level for U.S. Markets and Orion Engineered Systems. We may initiate goodwill impairment testing by considering qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s carrying value is greater than its fair value. Such factors may include the following, among others: a significant adverse change in macroeconomic conditions or legal factors; deterio- ration in our industry and market environment, including unanticipated or increased competition, a change in the market for our products or services, or a regulatory development; cost factors such as increases in raw materials, labor, or other costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows; overall financial performance such as a significant decline in the reporting unit’s expected future cash flows or a decline in actual or planned revenue or earnings compared with actual and projected results of relevant prior periods; a sustained, significant decline in our stock price and market capitalization; and changes in management, key personnel, strategy, or customers. If our qualitative assessment reveals that goodwill impairment is more likely than not, we perform the two-step impairment test. Alternatively, we may bypass the qualitative test and initiate goodwill impairment testing with the first step of the two-step goodwill impairment test. During the first step of the goodwill impairment test, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. We derive a reporting unit’s fair value through a combination of the market approach (a guideline transaction method) and the income approach (a discounted cash flow analysis). The income approach utilizes a discount rate from the capital asset pricing model. If all reporting units are analyzed during the first step of the goodwill impairment test, their respective fair values are reconciled back to the Company’s consolidated market capitalization. If the fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying value, then we conclude that no goodwill impairment has occurred. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, we perform the second step of the goodwill impairment test to measure possible goodwill impairment loss. During the second step, we hypotheti- cally value the reporting unit’s tangible and intangible assets and liabilities as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Then, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is compared to the carrying value of its goodwill. If the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, we recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess, not to exceed the carry- ing value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Once an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying value of the goodwill becomes the new accounting basis of the goodwill for the reporting unit. 53 Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets. On the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter we test indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually on the first day of our fiscal fourth quarter, or when indications of potential impairment exist. We monitor for the existence of potential impairment indicators throughout the fiscal year. Our impairment test may begin with a qualitative test to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite lived intangible asset’s carrying value is greater than its fair value. If our qualitative assessment reveals that asset impairment is more likely than not, we perform a quantitative impairment test by comparing the fair value of the indefinite lived intangible asset to its carrying value. Alternatively, we may bypass the qual- itative test and initiate impairment testing with the quantitative impairment test. Determining the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets entails significant estimates and assumptions including, but not limited to, estimating future cash flows from product sales, perpetuation of employment agreements containing non-competition clauses, continuation of customer relationships and renewal of customer contracts, and approximating the useful lives of the intangible assets acquired. If the fair value of the indefinite lived intangible asset exceeds its carrying value, we conclude that no indef- inite lived intangible asset impairment has occurred. If the carrying value of the indefinite lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, we recognize an impairment loss in an amount equal to the excess, not to exceed the carry- ing value. Once an impairment loss is recognized, the adjusted carrying value becomes the new accounting basis of the indefinite lived intangible asset. Investments. Our accounting and disclosures for short-term investments are in accordance with the requirements of the Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure, Financial Instrument, and Investments: Debt and Security Topics of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification. The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Topic defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and requires certain dis- closures about fair value measurements. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. GAAP describes a fair value hierarchy based on the following three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value: Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 — Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. As of March 31, 2014 our financial assets were measured at fair value employing level 1 inputs. Stock-Based Compensation. We have historically issued stock options and restricted stock awards to our employees, executive officers and directors. During fiscal 2014, we changed our long-term equity incentive grant policy so that only restricted shares are currently issued. We adopted the provisions of ASC 718, Compensa- tion — Stock Compensation, which requires us to expense the estimated fair value of stock options and similar awards based on the fair value of the award on the date of grant. Compensation costs for options granted are recognized in earnings, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. 54 We did not issue any stock options during fiscal 2015. The fair value of each option for financial reporting purposes was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions used for grants: Weighted average expected term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expected volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expected forfeiture rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8% 72.5% – 74.4% 21.4% Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2013 5.5 years 2014 4.1 years 2015 N/A 0.8% N/A 73.3% N/A 20.3% 20.3% The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires the use of certain assumptions, including fair value, expected term, risk-free interest rate, expected volatility, expected dividends, and expected forfeiture rate to calculate the fair value of stock-based payment awards. We estimated the expected term of our stock options based on the vesting term of our options and expected exercise behavior. Our risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield available on United States treasury zero-coupon issues as of the option grant date with a remaining term approximately equal to the expected life of the option. We determined volatility based upon the historical market price of our common share price. Since the closing of our IPO in December 2007, we have solely used the closing sale price of our common shares as reported by the national securities exchange on which we were listed on the date of grant to establish the exercise price of our stock options. We recognized stock-based compensation expense under ASC 718 of $1.2 million for fiscal 2013, $1.6 million for fiscal 2014 and $1.5 million for fiscal 2015. As of March 31, 2015, $2.9 million of total total stock-based compensation cost was expected to be recognized by us over a weighted average period of 3.5 years. We expect to recognize $1.3 million of stock-based compensation expense in fiscal 2016 based on our stock options and restricted stock awards outstanding as of March 31, 2015. This expense will increase further to the extent we have granted, or will grant, additional stock options in the future. Common Stock Warrants. As of March 31, 2015, we had no warrants outstanding. As of March 31, 2014, warrants were outstanding to purchase a total of 38,980 shares of our common stock at weighted average exercise prices of $2.25 per share. These warrants were valued using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the fol- lowing assumptions: (i) contractual terms of five years; (ii) weighted average risk-free interest rates of 4.35% to 4.62%; (iii) expected volatility ranging between 50% and 60%; and (iv) dividend yields of 0%. Accounting for Income Taxes. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to determine our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax expenses, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from recognition of items for income tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which are included within our consolidated balance sheet. We must then assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, estab- lish a valuation allowance. To the extent we establish a valuation allowance or increase this allowance in a period, we must reflect this increase as an expense within the tax provision in our statements of operations. Our judgment is required in determining our provision for income taxes, our deferred tax assets and liabilities, and any valuation allowance recorded against our net deferred tax assets. We continue to monitor the realizability of our deferred tax assets and adjust the valuation allowance accordingly. For fiscal 2013, we determined that a full valuation allowance against our net federal and our net state deferred tax assets was necessary in the amount of $4.1 million due to our cumulative three year taxable losses. For fiscal 2014, we reversed $2.3 million of our valuation reserve to offset deferred tax liabilities created by the acquisition of Harris. For fiscal 2015, we increased our valu- ation allowance against our net federal and our net state deferred tax assets due to our cumulative three year taxable losses. In making these determinations, we considered all available positive and negative evidence, including pro- jected future taxable income, tax planning strategies, recent financial performance and ownership changes. 55 We believe that past issuances and transfers of our stock caused an ownership change in fiscal 2007 that affected the timing of the use of our net operating loss carryforwards, but we do not believe the ownership change affects the use of the full amount of the net operating loss carryforwards. As a result, our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards attributable to the period prior to such ownership change to offset taxable income will be subject to limitations in a particular year, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability for us. As of March 31, 2015, we had net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $38.6 million for federal tax purposes and $28.9 million for state tax purposes. Included in these loss carryforwards were $3.8 million for federal and $4.1 million for state tax expenses that were associated with the exercise of non-qualified stock options. The benefit from our net operating losses created from these compensation expenses has not yet been recognized in our financial statements and will be accounted for in our shareholders’ equity as a credit to addi- tional paid-in-capital as the deduction reduces our income taxes payable. We first recognize tax benefits from current period stock option expenses against current period income. The remaining current period income is off- set by net operating losses under the tax law ordering approach. Under this approach, we will utilize the net operating losses from stock option expenses last. We also had federal tax credit carryforwards of $1.5 and state tax credit carryforwards of $0.8, which are fully reserved for as part of our valuation allowance. Both the net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards will begin to expire in varying amounts between 2020 and 2035. We recognize penalties and interest related to uncertain tax liabilities in income tax expense. Penalties and interest were immaterial as of the date of adoption and are included in unrecognized tax benefits. Due to the existence of net operating loss and credit carryforwards, all years since 2002 are open to examination by tax authorities. By their nature, tax laws are often subject to interpretation. Further complicating matters is that in those cases where a tax position is open to interpretation, differences of opinion can result in differing conclusions as to the amount of tax benefits to be recognized under Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 740, Income Taxes. ASC 740 utilizes a two-step approach for evaluating tax posi- tions. Recognition (Step 1) occurs when an enterprise concludes that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. Measurement (Step 2) is only addressed if Step 1 has been satisfied. Under Step 2, the tax benefit is measured as the largest amount of benefit, determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Consequently, the level of evidence and documentation necessary to support a position prior to being given recognition and measurement within the financial statements is a matter of judgment that depends on all available evidence. As of March 31, 2015, the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $0.2 million, all of which would reduce our effective tax rate if recognized. We believe that our estimates and judgments discussed herein are reasonable, however, actual results could differ, which could result in gains or losses that could be material. Recent Accounting Pronouncements See Note B — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our accompanying audited consolidated finan- cial statements for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements including the respective expected dates of adoption and expected effects on results of operations and financial condition. Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure About Market Risk Market risk is the risk of loss related to changes in market prices, including interest rates, foreign exchange rates and commodity pricing that may adversely impact our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Inflation. Our results from operations have not historically been, and we do not expect them to be, materi- ally affected by inflation. Foreign Exchange Risk. We face minimal exposure to adverse movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Our foreign currency losses for all reporting periods have been nominal. 56 Interest Rate Risk. Our investments consist primarily of investments in money market funds. While the instruments we hold are subject to changes in the financial standing of the issuer of such securities, we do not believe that we are subject to any material risks arising from changes in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices or other market changes that affect market risk sensitive instruments. It is our policy not to enter into interest rate derivative financial instruments. As a result, we do not currently have any significant interest rate exposure. As of March 31, 2015, $2.5 million of our $5.1 million of outstanding debt was at floating interest rates. An increase of 1.0% in the prime rate would result in an increase in our interest expense of approximately $25,000 per year. Commodity Price Risk. We are exposed to certain commodity price risks associated with our purchases of raw materials, most significantly our aluminum purchases. We have currently locked pricing at an 8% reduction for our specialty reflective aluminum requirements through the end of fiscal year 2016. A hypothetical 10% fluc- tuation in aluminum prices would have an impact of $0.4 million on earnings in fiscal 2016. 57 ITEM 8. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Page Number Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consolidated Balance Sheets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consolidated Statements of Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 61 62 63 64 65 58 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM Board of Directors and Stockholders Orion Energy Systems, Inc. Manitowoc, Wisconsin We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 2015 and 2014 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2015. In con- nection with our audits of the financial statements, we have also audited financial statement schedule II, Valu- ation and Qualifying Accounts for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2015. These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements and schedule. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of its oper- ations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Orion Energy Systems, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated June 12, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. /s/ BDO USA, LLP Milwaukee, Wisconsin June 12, 2015 59 REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM Board of Directors and Stockholders Orion Energy Systems, Inc. Manitowoc, Wisconsin We have audited Orion Energy Systems, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Orion Energy Systems, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assess- ment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Item 9A, Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the compa- ny’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect mis- statements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that con- trols may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. In our opinion, Orion Energy Systems, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015, based on the COSO criteria. We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. as of March 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2015 and our report dated June 12, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon. /s/ BDO USA, LLP Milwaukee, Wisconsin June 12, 2015 60 ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except share and per share amounts) March 31, 2014 2015 Assets Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts receivable, net of allowances of $384 and $458 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inventories, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred contract costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prepaid expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long-term inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long-term accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other long-term assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 17,568 470 15,098 11,790 742 4,673 50,341 23,135 10,607 4,409 7,551 1,966 931 $ 20,002 — 18,263 14,283 90 2,407 55,045 21,223 — 4,409 6,335 426 367 Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 98,940 $ 87,805 Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accrued expenses and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred revenue, current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Current maturities of long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Revolving credit facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Long-term debt, less current maturities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred revenue, long-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Commitments and contingencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shareholders’ equity: Preferred stock, $0.01 par value: Shares authorized: 30,000,000 shares at March 31, 2014 and 2015; no shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2014 and 2015 . . . . . . Common stock, no par value: Shares authorized: 200,000,000 at March 31, 2014 and 2015; shares issued: 31,001,683 and 36,837,864 at March 31, 2014 and 2015; shares outstanding: 21,588,326 and 27,421,533 at March 31, 2014 and 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additional paid-in capital Treasury stock: 9,413,357 and 9,416,331 common shares at March 31, 2014 and 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shareholder notes receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Retained deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8,530 4,597 614 3,450 17,191 — 3,151 1,316 270 21,928 $ 11,003 5,197 287 1,832 18,319 2,500 722 1,231 522 23,294 — — — 130,987 — 150,516 (36,034) (50) (17,891) (36,049) (4) (49,952) Total shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77,012 64,511 Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 98,940 $ 87,805 61 ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (in thousands, except share and per share amounts) Product revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Service revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cost of product revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cost of service revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gross profit (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Operating expenses: General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acquisition and integration related expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Research and development Total operating expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loss from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other income (expense): Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loss before income tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Income tax expense (benefit) Net loss and comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic net loss per share attributable to common shareholders . . . . Weighted-average common shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diluted net loss per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weighted-average common shares and share equivalents Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2014 2015 2013 $ $ 72,604 13,482 86,086 49,551 9,805 59,356 26,730 13,946 — 17,129 2,259 33,334 71,954 16,669 88,623 54,423 11,220 65,643 22,980 14,951 819 13,527 2,026 31,323 65,881 6,329 72,210 68,388 4,959 73,347 (1,137) 14,908 47 13,290 2,554 30,799 (6,604) (8,343) (31,936) (567) 845 278 (6,326) 4,073 (10,399) (0.50) 20,996,625 (0.50) $ $ $ $ $ $ (481) 567 86 (8,257) (2,058) (6,199) (0.30) 20,987,964 (0.30) (376) 300 (76) (32,012) 49 (32,061) (1.43) 22,353,419 (1.43) $ $ $ outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,996,625 20,987,964 22,353,419 62 ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (in thousands, except share amounts) Common Stock Shareholders’ Equity Additional Paid-in Capital Treasury Stock Shareholder Notes Receivable Retained Earnings (Deficit) Total Shareholders’ Equity Shares Balance, March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22,785,258 $126,753 $(32,470) 33,422 — Issuance of stock and warrants for services . . . . . . . . . . 20,000 — Exercise of stock options and warrants for cash . . . . . . 47,598 94 Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan . . . — — Tax expense from exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . — — Collection of shareholder notes receivable . . . . . . . . . . Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — — (6,002) Treasury stock purchase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (2,723,881) — — — Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 45 1 70 — 1,164 Balance, March 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,162,397 $128,104 $(38,378) 129 Issuance of stock and warrants for services . . . . . . . . . . — — 2,382 Stock activity for acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — Exercise of stock options and warrants for cash . . . . . . 10 Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan . . . — Tax benefit from exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . — Collection of shareholder notes receivable . . . . . . . . . . — Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (48) Treasury stock purchase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,641 940,940 446,059 2,373 — — 23,084 (20,168) — 1,152 (4) 13 — 1,593 — — $(221) — — (82) — 38 — — — $(265) — — — — — 215 — — — $ (1,293) $ 92,769 71 45 13 70 38 1,164 (6,002) (10,399) — — — — — — — (10,399) $(11,692) $ 77,769 129 2,382 1,152 6 13 215 1,593 (48) (6,199) — — — — — — — — (6,199) Balance, March 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21,588,326 $130,987 $(36,034) Issuance of common stock for cash, net of issuance $ (50) $(17,891) $ 77,012 costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5,462,500 27,931 178,387 1,486 — 170,055 (7,152) — Issuance of stock and warrants for services . . . . . . . . . . Exercise of stock options and warrants for cash . . . . . . Shares issued under Employee Stock Purchase Plan . . . Collection of shareholder notes receivable . . . . . . . . . . Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasury stock purchase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17,465 131 430 4 — 1,499 — — — — 7 — — (22) — — — — 46 — — — — — — — — — (32,061) 17,465 131 430 11 46 1,499 (22) (32,061) Balance, March 31, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27,421,533 $150,516 $(36,049) $ (4) $(49,952) $ 64,511 63 ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands) Operating activities Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $(10,399) $ (6,199) $(32,061) Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2015 2014 2013 3,798 740 1,593 11 (2,123) 2,853 1,460 1,499 — — — 12,130 (21) 361 285 132 1,733 1,995 174 129 8,395 3,962 1,376 (1,072) (762) (1,575) (2,274) 9,901 (1,909) (2,356) 651 1,261 2,475 838 (410) (12,812) — (2,006) (2) 472 (234) 1,040 (730) Depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accretion of fair value on contingent consideration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred income tax (benefit) expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Impairment on assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loss on sale of property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Provision for inventory reserves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Provision for bad debts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of changes from acquisitions: Accounts receivable, current and long-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inventories, current and long-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred contract costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Prepaid expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accrued expenses and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred revenue, current and long-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,322 255 1,164 — 4,158 — 69 859 757 71 2,499 2,880 75 1,315 (6,527) 2,221 (1,458) 2,261 Investing activities Cash paid for acquisition, net of cash acquired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purchase of property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Purchase of short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sale of short-term investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Additions to patents and licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net cash used in investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — (4,992) (410) (4) 555 (43) 80 (4,814) (2,159) (5) — (153) 46 (2,271) Financing activities Payment of long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (4,494) (3,229) Proceeds from revolving credit facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,500 — Proceeds from long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446 — Proceeds from repayment of shareholder notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 46 Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 17,465 Repurchase of common stock into treasury . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — 13 Deferred financing costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (406) (19) Net proceeds from exercise of warrants and employee stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419 1,125 Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15,976 (1,895) Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,434 3,192 17,568 Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14,376 Cash and cash equivalents at end of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 14,376 $17,568 $ 20,002 (3,169) — 380 38 — (6,007) 70 — 63 (8,625) (8,635) 23,011 Supplemental cash flow information: Cash paid for interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Cash paid for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 535 $ 102 $ 423 $ 22 $ 287 42 Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities: Shares issued from treasury for shareholder note receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Shares returned to treasury in satisfaction of employee tax liabilities from restricted stock vesting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Shares returned to treasury in satisfaction of receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Acquisition related contingent consideration liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Acquisition financed through debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ Common stock issued for acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 82 $ — $ — $ — $ 48 $ — $ — $ 612 $ — $ 3,123 $ — $ 2,416 $ — 22 — — — — 64 ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS NOTE A — DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS Organization The Company includes Orion Energy Systems, Inc., a Wisconsin corporation, and all consolidated sub- sidiaries. The Company is a developer, manufacturer and seller of lighting and energy management systems to commercial and industrial businesses, predominantly in North America. See Note J “Segment Reporting” of these financial statements for further discussion of the Company’s reportable segments. The Company’s corporate offices and primary manufacturing operations are located in Manitowoc, Wiscon- sin. The operations facility in Plymouth, Wisconsin was classified as an asset held for sale and was sold in May 2014. The Company leases office space in Jacksonville, Florida. The Company leases office space for a sales office located in Houston, Texas. NOTE B — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES Principles of Consolidation The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and its wholly- intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in con- owned subsidiaries. All significant solidation. Reclassifications Where appropriate, certain reclassifications were made to prior years’ financial statements to conform to the current year presentation. Use of Estimates The preparation of financial statements in conformity with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or GAAP, requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during that reporting period. Areas that require the use of significant management estimates include revenue recognition, inventory obsolescence and bad debt reserves, accruals for warranty expenses, income taxes and certain equity transactions. Accordingly, actual results could differ from those estimates. Cash and Cash Equivalents The Company considers all highly liquid, short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. 65 Short-Term Investments The amortized cost and fair value of short-term investments, with gross unrealized gains and losses, as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 were as follows (in thousands): Amortized Cost Unrealized Gains Unrealized Losses Fair Value Cash and Cash Equivalents Short-Term Investments March 31, 2014 Money market funds . . . . . . . . . Bank certificate of deposit . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $488 470 $958 $— — $— $— — $— $488 470 $958 March 31, 2015 $488 — $488 $ — 470 $470 Amortized Cost Unrealized Gains Unrealized Losses Fair Value Cash and Cash Equivalents Short-Term Investments Money market funds . . . . . . . . . Bank certificate of deposit . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $— — $— $— — $— $— — $— $— — $— $— — $— $— — $— As of March 31, 2014 , the Company’s financial assets described in the table above were measured at cost which approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the investment (level 1 inputs). Fair Value of Financial Instruments The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and other and long-term debt. The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments approximate their respective fair values due to the relatively short-term nature of these instruments, or in the case of long-term, because of the interest rates currently available to the Company for similar obliga- tions. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. GAAP describes a fair value hierarchy based on the following three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last unobservable, that may be used to measure fair value: Level 1 — Valuations are based on unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 — Valuations are based on quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices in markets that are not active for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly. Level 3 — Valuations are based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement. Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in valuing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Accounts Receivable Substantially all of the Company’s accounts receivable are due from companies in the commercial, industrial and agricultural industries, as well as wholesalers. Credit is extended based on an evaluation of a cus- tomer’s financial condition. Generally, collateral is not required for end users; however, the payment of certain trade accounts receivable from wholesalers is secured by irrevocable standby letters of credit and/or guarantees. Accounts receivable are generally due within 30-60 days. Accounts receivable are stated at the amount the Company expects to collect from outstanding balances. The Company provides for probable uncollectible amounts through a charge to earnings and a credit to an allowance for doubtful accounts based on its assessment of the current status of individual accounts. Balances that are still outstanding after the Company has used reasonable collection efforts are written off through a charge to the allowance for doubtful accounts and a credit to accounts receivable. 66 Financing Receivables The Company considers its lease balances included in consolidated current and long-term accounts receiv- able from its Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA, sales-type leases to be financing receivables. Additional disclosures on the credit quality of the Company’s financing receivables are as follows: Age Analysis as of March 31, 2014 (in thousands): Not Past Due 1-90 days past due Greater than 90 days past due Total past due Total sales-type leases Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable — current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2,067 $137 $149 $286 $2,353 Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable — long-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,662 Total gross sales-type leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,729 (3) — 137 (3) — 149 (88) — 286 (91) 1,662 4,015 (94) Total net sales-type leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3,726 $134 $ 61 $195 $3,921 Age Analysis as of March 31, 2015 (in thousands): Not Past Due 1-90 days past due Greater than 90 days past due Total past due Total sales-type leases Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable — current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,346 $47 $ 186 $ 233 $1,579 Lease balances included in consolidated accounts receivable — long-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398 Total gross sales-type leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,744 (12) — 47 (3) — 186 (141) — 233 (144) 398 1,977 (156) Total net sales-type leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,732 $44 $ 45 $ 89 $1,821 Allowance for Credit Losses on Financing Receivables The Company’s allowance for credit losses is based on management’s assessment of the collectability of customer accounts. A considerable amount of judgment is required in order to make this assessment including a detailed analysis of the aging of the lease receivables and the current credit worthiness of the Company’s customers and an analysis of historical bad debts and other adjustments. If there is a deterioration of a major customer’s credit worthiness or actual defaults are higher than historical experience, the estimate of the recover- ability of amounts due could be adversely affected. The Company reviews in detail the allowance for doubtful accounts on a quarterly basis and adjusts the allowance estimate to reflect actual portfolio performance and any changes in future portfolio performance expectations. The Company’s provision for write-offs and credit losses against the OTA sales-type lease receivable balances in fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively, was as follows: March 31, 2014 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts on financing receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2015 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts on financing receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balance at beginning of period Provisions charged to expense Write offs and other Balance at end of period (in Thousands) $74 $94 $96 $62 $76 $— $ 94 $156 67 Inventories Inventories consist of raw materials and components, such as ballasts, metal sheet and coil stock and molded parts; work in process inventories, such as frames and reflectors; and finished goods, including completed fix- tures and systems, and wireless energy management systems and accessories, such as lamps, meters and power supplies. All inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value with cost determined using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The Company reduces the carrying value of its inventories for differences between the cost and estimated net realizable value, taking into consideration usage in the preceding 9 to 24 months, expected demand, and other information indicating obsolescence. The Company records as a charge to cost of product revenue the amount required to reduce the carrying value of inventory to net realizable value. As of March 31, 2014 and 2015, the Company had inventory obsolescence reserves of $2.5 million and $1.6 million, respectively. Costs associated with the procurement and warehousing of inventories, such as inbound freight charges and purchasing and receiving costs, are also included in cost of product revenue. Inventories were comprised of the following (in thousands): March 31, 2014 March 31, 2015 Raw materials and components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Work in process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Finished goods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 6,894 880 4,016 $ 8,474 1,588 4,221 $11,790 $14,283 Deferred Contract Costs Deferred contract costs consist primarily of the costs of products delivered, and services performed, that are subject to additional performance obligations or customer acceptance. These deferred contract costs are expensed at the time the related revenue is recognized. Deferred costs amounted to $0.7 million and $0.1 million as of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets Prepaid expenses and other current assets consist primarily of prepaid insurance premiums, prepaid license fees, purchase deposits, advance payments to contractors, unbilled revenue, prepaid taxes and miscellaneous receivables. Prepaid expenses and other current assets includes $2.8 million and $1.7 million of unbilled accounts receivable as of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively. Prepaid expenses and other current assets also includes $1.0 million of assets held for sale as of March 31, 2014 for an asset that was sold during fiscal 2015. Property and Equipment Property and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for additions and improvements are capitalized, while replacements, maintenance and repairs which do not improve or extend the lives of the respective assets are expensed as incurred. Properties sold, or otherwise disposed of, are removed from the property accounts, with gains or losses on disposal credited or charged to income from operations. The Company periodically reviews the carrying values of property and equipment for impairment in accord- ance with ASC 360, Property, Plant and Equipment, if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the assets may be impaired. The estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition are compared to the assets’ carrying amount to determine if a write down to market value is required. No write downs were recorded in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2014, an impairment charge of $0.2 million was recorded. In fiscal 2015, an impairment charge of $1.0 million was recorded in connection with the assessment of carrying costs related to the wireless controls product offering. 68 Property and equipment were comprised of the following (in thousands): March 31, 2014 March 31, 2015 Land and land improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Buildings and building improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Furniture, fixtures and office equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Equipment leased to customers under Power Purchase Agreements . . . . . . . . . . Plant equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Construction in progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,480 14,405 10,713 46 4,997 10,103 60 $ 1,511 14,441 8,600 148 4,997 11,084 379 Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41,804 (18,669) 41,160 (19,937) Net property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 23,135 $ 21,223 The Company has no equipment under capital leases. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, using the straight-line method. The Company recorded depreciation expense of $4.3 million, $3.8 million and $2.9 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Depreciable lives by asset category are as follows: 10-15 years Land improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39 years Buildings and building improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10 years Furniture, fixtures and office equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shorter of asset life or life of lease Equipment leased to customers under Power Purchase Agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Plant equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 years 3-10 years No interest was capitalized for construction in progress during fiscal 2014 or fiscal 2015. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets The costs of specifically identifiable intangible assets that do not have an indefinite life are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are not amortized. Goodwill and intangible assets with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment annually, as of January 1, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated economic useful life to reflect the pattern of economic benefits consumed based upon the following lives and methods: Patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-17 years Straight-line Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13 years Straight-line Customer relationships . . . 5-8 years Developed technology . . . 8 years Non-competition Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed agreements . . . . . . . . . . 5 years Straight-line Indefinite lived intangible assets are evaluated for potential impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable based primarily upon whether expected future undis- counted cash flows are sufficient to support the asset recovery. If the actual useful life of the asset is shorter than the estimated life estimated by us, the asset may be deemed to be impaired and accordingly a write-down of the value of the asset determined by a discounted cash flow analysis or shorter amortization period may be required. 69 There was no change in the carrying value of goodwill during fiscal 2015 as follows (in thousands): Balance at March 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Balance at March 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Impairments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ — 4,409 $4,409 — Balance at March 31, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4,409 As of April 1, 2014, the Company realigned its organizational structure as a result of a new business strat- egy. In connection with the reorganization, the Company evaluated its historical operating segments (Energy Management Division and Engineered Systems Division) in relation to GAAP and identified the following new operating segments: (i) U.S. Markets, (ii) Orion Engineered Systems, (iii) Orion Distribution Services and (iv) Corporate and Other. The new operating segments became effective, on a prospective basis, beginning April 1, 2014. The Company’s operating segments are also its reporting units (for goodwill assessment purposes) and reporting segments (for financial reporting purposes). In connection with the identification of the new operating segments, the Company allocated goodwill from its historical reporting units to its new reporting units using a relative fair market approach as follows (in thousands): Goodwill at March 31, 2015 . . . . $2,371 $2,038 $— $— U.S. Markets Orion Engineered Systems Orion Distribution Services Corporate and Other Total $4,409 The components of, and changes in, the carrying amount of other intangible assets were as follows (in thousands): March 31, 2014 March 31, 2015 Patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trade name and trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Developed technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-competition agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gross Carrying Amount $2,362 58 1,942 3,600 900 100 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $8,962 Accumulated Amortization $ (784) (58) — (535) (19) (15) $(1,411) Gross Carrying Amount $2,447 58 1,958 3,600 900 100 $9,063 Accumulated Amortization $ (906) (58) — (1,620) (109) (35) $(2,728) As of March 31, 2015, the weighted average useful life of intangible assets was 6.7 years. The estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years is shown below (in thousands): Fiscal 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,226 883 607 431 346 884 $4,377 70 Amortization expense is set forth in the following table (in thousands): Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2014 2015 2013 Amortization included in cost of sales: Patents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amortization included in operating expenses: Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Developed technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-competition agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $133 $133 $ — — — — Total amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $133 $135 $135 $535 19 15 569 $704 $ 132 $ 132 $1,085 90 20 1,195 $1,327 The Company’s management periodically reviews the carrying value of intangible assets for impairment. Write-offs recorded in fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015 were $0, $45,000 and $120,000, respectively. Long-Term Receivables The Company records a long-term receivable for the non-current portion of its sales-type capital lease OTA contracts. The receivable is recorded at the net present value of the future cash flows from scheduled customer payments. The Company uses the implied cost of capital from each individual contract as the discount rate. Also included in other long-term receivables are amounts due from a third party finance company to which the Company has sold, without recourse, the future cash flows from OTAs entered into with customers. Such receivables are recorded at the present value of the future cash flows discounted at 11.0%. As of March 31, 2015, the following amounts were due from the third party finance company in future periods (in thousands): Fiscal 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 309 9 Total gross financed receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less: amount above to be collected during the next 12 months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less: amount representing interest 318 (309) (1) Total net long-term receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 8 Long-Term Inventories As of March 31, 2014, the Company had long-term inventory for the non-current portion of its wireless controls finished goods inventory. The inventories were stated at the lower of cost or market value with cost determined using the FIFO method. As of September 30, 2014, the wireless controls inventory were deemed to be impaired based upon current market conditions, including significant declines in unit volume sales, an increase in product sales in the commercial office and retail markets where the controls product offering is not saleable, limitations in alternative uses for the inventory and the increasing adoption of, and performance improvements in, LED lighting products. During fiscal 2015, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $10.2 million related to its wireless controls inventory. Net realizable value of this remaining wireless control inventory was based on the Company’s best estimate of product sales expectations, market prices and customer demand patterns. Other Long-Term Assets Other long-term assets include long-term security deposits, prepaid licensing costs, deferred costs for a long-term contract, and deferred financing costs. Other long-term assets include $33,000 and $202,000 of 71 deferred financing costs as of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively. Deferred financing costs related to debt issuances are amortized to interest expense over the life of the related debt issue (1 to 3 years). For the years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, the amortization was $42,000, $40,000 and $156,000, respectively. Accrued Expenses and Other Accrued expenses include warranty accruals, accrued wages and benefits, accrued vacation, accrued legal costs, accrued commissions, customer deposits, accrued acquisition liabilities, accrued project costs, sales tax payable and other various unpaid expenses. Accrued expenses include $1.0 million and $1.3 million of accrued project costs as of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, respectively. The Company generally offers a limited warranty of one year on its lighting products in addition to those standard warranties offered by major original equipment component manufacturers. The manufacturers’ warran- ties cover lamps and ballasts, which are significant components in the Company’s lighting products. Included in other long-term liabilities is $0.3 million for warranty reserves related to solar operating systems. Changes in the Company’s warranty accrual were as follows (in thousands): Beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Provision to product cost of revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 284 300 (321) $ 263 776 (24) End of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 263 $1,015 March 31, 2014 2015 Incentive Compensation The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2013 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan. The plan provided for performance and discretionary cash bonus payments ranging from 25-100% of the fiscal 2013 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers and other key employees. The plan provided for bonuses to be paid out on the basis of the achievement in fiscal 2013 of (i) target revenue of $119 million and/or (ii) target net income of $3.7 million. Revenue and net income were selected as the performance measures for the cash bonus program because they were viewed as the most critical elements to increasing the value of the Company’s common stock and, therefore, to the Company’s enterprise value. The compensation committee established a target bonus as a percentage of base salary for each of the named executive officers. If the Company achieved 90% of either or both the revenue and net income tar- gets ($107 million in revenue or $3.33 million in net income), then the named executive officers would have received 50% of their target bonus for that element. If either or both of the target revenue or net income were exceeded, the named executive officers would be eligible to earn up to two times their target bonus for that ele- ment based on a sliding scale of up to 150% of the target revenue or net income. As described below, this plan was superseded by a new plan in November 2012, and, therefore, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan. Effective November 9, 2012, the Company’s Compensation Committee approved a new incentive cash bonus program for the second half of fiscal 2013 in replacement of the then existing fiscal 2013 incentive bonus program described above. The new incentive cash bonus program provided a cash bonus opportunity to named executive officers and other key employees based on the Company’s relative achievement, in the second half of fiscal 2013, of target operating income (before bonuses and other extraordinary or unusual items) and target cost containment initiatives. Under the new program, 50% of the target bonus payments were based on the Compa- ny’s relative achievement of its cost containment target of $1.48 million for the second half of fiscal 2013. For every $1.00 of cost containment achieved, a bonus pool of $0.167 would be earned, up to a maximum total bonus pool of $247,000 for all employees. The other 50% of the target bonus payments would be based on the Com- pany achieving operating income (before bonuses and other extraordinary or unusual items) of $500,000 for the second half of fiscal 2013. For every $1.00 of operating profit achieved, a bonus pool of $0.50 would be earned, 72 up to a maximum total bonus pool of $247,000 for all employees. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2013, the Company accrued the maximum expense related to this plan. The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2014 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan. The plan provided for performance cash bonus pay- ments ranging from 35-100% of the fiscal 2014 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers and other key employees. The plan provided for bonuses to be paid out on the basis of the achievement in fiscal 2014 of at least (i) $2.0 million of profit before taxes and (ii) revenue of at least $88.0 million. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2014, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan. The Company’s compensation committee approved an Executive Fiscal Year 2015 Annual Cash Incentive Program under its 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan. The plan provided for performance cash bonus pay- ments ranging from 35-100% of the fiscal 2015 base salaries of the Company’s named executive officers and other key employees. The plan provided for bonuses to be paid out on the basis of the achievement in fiscal 2015 of at least (i) $2.3 million of profit before taxes and (ii) revenue of at least $90.4 million. Based upon the results for the year ended March 31, 2015, the Company did not accrue any expense related to this plan. Revenue Recognition Revenue is recognized on the sales of our lighting and related energy efficiency systems and products when the following four criteria are met: 1. persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists; 2. delivery has occurred and title has passed to the customer; 3. 4. the sales price is fixed and determinable and no further obligation exists; and collectability is reasonably assured. These four criteria are met for the Company’s product-only revenue upon delivery of the product and title passing to the customer. At that time, the Company provides for estimated costs that may be incurred for product warranties and sales returns. Revenues are presented net of sales tax and other sales related taxes. For sales of the Company’s lighting and energy management technologies, consisting of multiple elements of revenue, such as a combination of product sales and services, the Company determines revenue by allocating the total contract revenue to each element based on their relative selling prices in accordance with ASC 605-25, Revenue Recognition — Multiple Element Arrangements. In such circumstances, the Company uses a hierarchy to determine the selling price to be used for allocating revenue to deliverables: (1) vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair value, if available, (2) third-party evidence (TPE) of selling price if VSOE is not avail- able, and (3) best estimate of the selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available (a description as to how the Company determined estimated selling price is provided below). The nature of the Company’s multiple element arrangements for the sale of its lighting and energy manage- ment technologies is similar to a construction project, with materials being delivered and contracting and project management activities occurring according to an installation schedule. The significant deliverables include the shipment of products and related transfer of title and the installation. To determine the selling price in multiple-element arrangements, the Company establishes the selling price for its HIF lighting and energy management system products using management’s best estimate of the selling price, as VSOE or TPE does not exist. Product revenue is recognized when products are shipped. For product revenue, management’s best estimate of selling price is determined using a cost plus gross profit margin method. In addition, the Company records in service revenue the selling price for its installation and recycling services using management’s best estimate of selling price, as VSOE or TPE does not exist. Service revenue is recognized when services are completed and customer acceptance has been received. Recycling services provided in con- nection with installation entail the disposal of the customer’s legacy lighting fixtures. The Company’s service revenues, other than for installation and recycling that are completed prior to delivery of the product, are included in product revenue using management’s best estimate of selling price, as VSOE or TPE does not exist. 73 These services include comprehensive site assessment, site field verification, utility incentive and government subsidy management, engineering design, and project management. For these services, along with the Compa- ny’s installation and recycling services, under a multiple-element arrangement, management’s best estimate of selling price is determined by considering several external and internal factors including, but not limited to, economic conditions and trends, customer demand, pricing practices, margin objectives, competition, geog- raphies in which the Company offers its products and services and internal costs. The determination of estimated selling price is made through consultation with and approval by management, taking into account all of the pre- ceding factors. For sales of solar photovoltaic systems, which are governed by customer contracts that require the Company to deliver functioning solar power systems and are generally completed within three to 15 months from the start of construction, the Company recognizes revenue from fixed price construction contracts using the percentage- of-completion method in accordance with ASC 605-35, Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts. Under this method, revenue arising from fixed price construction contracts is recognized as work is performed based upon the percentage of incurred costs to estimated total forecasted costs. The Company has determined that the appropriate method of measuring progress on these sales is measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date of the total estimated costs for each contract as materials are installed. The percentage-of-completion method requires revenue recognition from the delivery of products to be deferred and the cost of such products to be capitalized as a deferred cost and current asset on the balance sheet. The Company performs periodic evalua- tions of the progress of the installation of the solar photovoltaic systems using actual costs incurred over total estimated costs to complete a project. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted contracts, if any, are recognized in the period in which the loss first becomes probable and reasonably estimable. The Company offers a financing program, called an Orion Throughput Agreement, or OTA, for a custom- er’s lease of the Company’s energy management systems. The OTA is structured as a sales-type lease and upon successful installation of the system and customer acknowledgment that the system is operating as specified, revenue is recognized at the Company’s net investment in the lease, which typically is the net present value of the future cash flows. The Company offers a financing program, called a power purchase agreement, or PPA, for the Company’s renewable energy product offerings. A PPA is a supply side agreement for the generation of electricity and sub- sequent sale to the end user. Upon the customer’s acknowledgment that the system is operating as specified, product revenue is recognized on a monthly basis over the life of the PPA contract, which is typically in excess of 10 years. Deferred revenue relates to advance customer billings, investment tax grants received related to PPAs and a separate obligation to provide maintenance on OTAs and is classified as a liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The fair value of the maintenance is readily determinable based upon pricing from third-party vendors. Deferred revenue related to maintenance services is recognized when the services are delivered, which occurs in excess of a year after the original OTA contract is executed. Shipping and Handling Costs The Company records costs incurred in connection with shipping and handling of products as cost of prod- uct revenue. Amounts billed to customers in connection with these costs are included in product revenue. Advertising Advertising costs of $111,000, $28,000 and $149,000 for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively, were charged to operations as incurred. Research and Development The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred. 74 Income Taxes The Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the future tax consequences of temporary differences between financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities, measured using the enacted tax rates and laws expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. Deferred income taxes also arise from the future tax benefits of operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. A valuation allowance is estab- lished when management determines that it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, the Company recorded a valuation allowance of $11.7 million against its deferred tax assets. ASC 740, Income Taxes, also prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. The Company has classified the amounts recorded for uncertain tax benefits in the balance sheet as other liabilities (non-current) to the extent that payment is not anticipated within one year. The Company recognizes penalties and interest related to uncertain tax liabilities in income tax expense. Penalties and interest are immaterial and are included in the unrecognized tax benefits. Deferred tax benefits have not been recognized for income tax effects resulting from the exercise of non- qualified stock options. These benefits will be recognized in the period in which the benefits are realized as a reduction in taxes payable and an increase in additional paid-in capital. Realized tax benefits (expense) from the exercise of stock options were $70,000, $13,000 and $0 for the fiscal years 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Stock Based Compensation The Company’s share-based payments to employees are measured at fair value and are recognized in earn- ings, net of estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. Cash flows from the exercise of stock options resulting from tax benefits in excess of recognized cumulative compensation costs (excess tax benefits) are classified as financing cash flows. For the years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, $70,000, $13,000 and $0, respectively, of such excess tax benefits were classified as financing cash flows. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company calculates volatility based upon the historical market price of its common stock. The risk-free interest rate is the rate available as of the option date on zero-coupon U.S. Government issues with a remaining term equal to the expected term of the option. The expected term is based upon the vesting term of the Company’s options and expected exercise behavior. The Company has not paid dividends in the past and does not plan to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. The Company estimates its forfeiture rate of unvested stock awards based on historical experience. The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation. Under the fair value recognition provisions of ASC718, stock-based compensation is measured at the grant date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period, net of estimated forfeitures. As more fully described in Note I, the Company awards non-vested restricted stock to employees, executive officers and directors. The Company did not issue any stock options during fiscal 2015. The fair value of each option grant in fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015 was determined using the assumptions in the following table: Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2013 2014 2015 Weighted average expected term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expected volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Expected forfeiture rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.5 years 0.8% 72.5 - 74.4% 21.4% 4.1 years N/A 0.8% N/A 73.3% N/A 20.3% 20.3% 75 Net Income (Loss) per Common Share Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to com- mon shareholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period and does not consider common stock equivalents. Diluted net income (loss) per common share reflects the dilution that would occur if warrants and stock options were exercised and restricted shares vested. In the computation of diluted net income (loss) per common share, the Company uses the “treasury stock” method for outstanding options, warrants and restricted shares. Diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic net loss per common share for the years ended March 31, 2013, March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, because the effects of potentially dilutive securities are anti-dilutive. The effect of net income (loss) per common share is calculated based upon the following shares (in thousands except share amounts): Numerator: Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Denominator: Weighted-average common shares outstanding . . . . . . Weighted-average effect of assumed conversion of stock options and restricted stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Weighted-average common shares and share Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2014 2015 2013 $ (10,399) $ (6,199) $ (32,061) 20,996,625 20,987,964 22,353,419 — — — equivalents outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20,996,625 20,987,964 22,353,419 Net income (loss) per common share: Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ $ (0.50) (0.50) $ $ (0.30) (0.30) $ $ (1.43) (1.43) The following table indicates the number of potentially dilutive securities as of the end of each period: Common stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restricted shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Common stock warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,312,523 105,000 38,980 2013 March 31, 2014 2,716,317 539,204 38,980 2015 2,426,836 704,688 — Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,456,503 3,294,501 3,131,524 Concentration of Credit Risk and Other Risks and Uncertainties The Company’s cash is deposited with four financial institutions. At times, deposits in these institutions exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes that it is not exposed to any significant risk on these balances. The Company purchases components necessary for its lighting products, including ballasts, lamps and LED components from multiple suppliers. For fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, no supplier accounted for more than 10% of total cost of revenue. In fiscal 2013, there were no customers who individually accounted for greater than 10% of revenue. In fiscal 2014, one customer accounted for 23% of revenue. In fiscal 2015, one customer accounted for 12% of revenue. As of March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, no customers accounted for more than 10% of accounts receiv- able. 76 Recent Accounting Pronouncements In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11 (“ASU 2013-11”), “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.” ASU 2013-11 requires an entity to present an unrecognized tax benefit, or a portion of an unrecognized tax benefit, in the financial statements as a reduction to the deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. The provisions of ASU 2013-11 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company applied this guidance in a prior quarter and it did not have a material impact on its statement of operations, financial position, or cash flows. In May 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” This ASU is a com- prehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016 and early adoption is not permitted. Accordingly, the Company will adopt this ASU on April 1, 2017. Companies may use either a full retrospective or modified retrospective approach to adopt this ASU and management is currently evaluating which transition approach to use. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2014-09. In June 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-12, “Compensation — Stock Com- pensation” (“ASU 2014-12”). ASU 2014-12 is intended to resolve diverse accounting treatment for share based awards in which the terms of the award provide that a performance target that affects vesting could be achieved after the requisite service period. The standard is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and may be applied prospectively or retrospectively. The Company does not expect adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-15, “Presentation of Financial Statements — Going Concern” (“ASU 2014-15”). ASU 2014-15 requires an entity’s management to evaluate whether there are conditions or events, considered in the aggregate, that raise substantial doubt about the entity’s ability to continue as a going concern and if those conditions exist, the required disclosures. The standard is effective for annual periods ending after December 15, 2016, and interim periods therein. The Company does not expect adoption of this standard will have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial state- ments. NOTE C — ACQUISITION On July 1, 2013, the Company acquired all of the equity interests of Harris Manufacturing, Inc. and Harris LED, LLC(collectively, “Harris”). Harris was a Florida-based lighting company which engineered, designed, sourced and manufactured energy efficient lighting systems, including fluorescent and LED lighting solutions, and day-lighting products. The acquisition of Harris expanded the Company’s product lines, including a patent pending LED lighting product designed for commercial office buildings, increased its sales force and provided growth opportunities into markets where the Company had previously not had a strong presence, specifically, new construction, retail store fronts, commercial office and government. The acquisition was consummated pursuant to a Stock and Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of May 22, the shareholders and members of Harris (“Harris 2013 (“Purchase Agreement”), by and among Harris, Shareholders”), and the Company. The acquisition consideration paid to the Harris Shareholders was valued under the Purchase Agreement at an aggregate of $10.0 million, plus an adjustment of approximately $0.2 mil- lion to reflect the Company’s acquisition of net working capital in excess of a targeted amount, plus an additional $0.6 million for the contingent consideration earn-out value assigned to non-employee Harris shareholders. The aggregate acquisition consideration was paid through a combination of $5.0 million in cash, $3.1 million in a three-year unsecured subordinated promissory note and the issuance of 856,997 shares of unregistered Company 77 common stock. For purposes of the acquisition and the acquisition consideration, the shares of common stock issued in the acquisition of Harris were valued at $2.33 per share, which was the average closing share price as reported on the NYSE MKT for the 45 trading days preceding and the 22 trading days following the execution of the Purchase Agreement. For purposes of applying the purchase accounting provisions of ASC 805, Business Combinations, the shares of common stock issued in the acquisition were valued at $2.41 per share, which was the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock as reported on the NYSE MKT on the July 1, 2013, date of acquisition. On October 21, 2013, the Company executed a letter agreement amending the Purchase Agreement. The letter agreement established a fixed future consideration of $1.4 million for the previously existing earn-out component of the Purchase Agreement and eliminated the requirement that certain revenue targets must be ach- ieved. Under the letter agreement, on January 2, 2014, the Company issued $0.6 million, or 83,943 shares, of the Company’s unregistered common stock. The fixed consideration was determined based upon the existing share calculation at a fair value of $3.80 per common share. On January 2, 2015, the Company would pay $0.8 million in cash to settle all outstanding obligations related to the earn-out component of the Purchase Agreement. In December 2014, the Company amended the letter agreement to defer the January 2, 2015 payment of $0.8 mil- lion in cash until February 13, 2015, to settle all outstanding obligations related to the earn-out component of the Purchase Agreement. The final payment was made on February 12, 2015. The Company incurred $0.5 million in acquisition and integration related costs for Harris during the year ended March 31, 2014, which included contingent consideration, legal, accounting and other integration related expenses. The Purchase Agreement contained customary representations and warranties, as well as indemnification obligations, and limitations thereon, by the Company and the Harris Shareholders. The following table summarizes the consideration paid to the Harris Shareholders and the fair value alloca- tion of the purchase price (in thousands): Consideration paid to Harris Shareholders: Cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Seller provided debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shares of Company common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Contingent consideration arrangement $ 5,000 3,124 2,065 612 Total consideration paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $10,801 Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts receivable, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inventories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Property, plant and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred tax asset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Identifiable intangible assets: Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-competition agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Developed technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Trade name and trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Accrued and other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total identifiable net assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 8 2,215 1,633 86 117 141 3,600 100 900 1,900 (1,519) (2,263) (526) 6,392 4,409 $10,801 78 Prior to the amendment discussed above, the contingent consideration arrangement required the Company to pay the Harris Shareholders up to $1.0 million in unregistered shares of the Company’s common stock upon Harris’ achievement of certain revenue milestones in calendar year 2013 and/or 2014, and, in the case of certain Harris Shareholders who became employees of the Company, their continued employment by the Company. The potential undiscounted amount of all future payments that the Company could have been required to make under the contingent consideration arrangement was between $0 and $1.0 million. The Company recorded $0.6 million for the non-employee Harris Shareholder portion of the contingent consideration liability on the acquisition date. During the years ended March 31, 2014, and March 31, 2015, the Company expensed $0.3 million and $0.1 mil- lion, respectively, in compensation expense as contingent consideration for employee Harris shareholders. As part of the purchase price allocation, the Company determined that the separately identifiable intangible assets acquired consisted of customer relationships, developed technology, trademarks and trade names, and non- competition agreements. The fair value of the acquired identifiable intangible assets and the goodwill in the table above are provisional pending completion of the final valuations for those assets. All of the intangible asset value was assigned to the Company’s Energy Management segment. The separately identifiable intangible assets acquired that do not have an indefinite life are amortized over their estimated economic useful life to reflect the pattern of economic benefits consumed based upon the follow- ing lives and methods: Customer relationships . . . . . . . . Developed technology . . . . . . . . . Non-competition agreements . . . . Trade name and trademarks . . . . . N/A 5-8 years Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed Accelerated based upon the pattern of economic benefits consumed 8 years Straight-line 5 years Indefinite life The Company used the income approach to value the customer relationships, developed technology and non-competition agreements. This approach calculates the fair value by discounting the forecasted after-tax cash flows for each intangible asset back to a present value at an appropriate risk-adjusted rate of return. The data for these analyses was the cash flow estimates used to price the transaction. Fair value estimates are based on a complex series of judgments about future events and uncertainties and rely heavily on estimates and assumptions. In estimating the useful lives of the acquired assets, the Company considered ASC 350-30-35, General Intangibles Other Than Goodwill, and reviewed the following factors: the expected use by the combined com- pany of the assets acquired, the expected useful life of another asset (or group of assets) related to the acquired assets, legal, regulatory or other contractual provisions that may limit the useful life of an acquired asset, the effects of obsolescence, demand, competition and other economic factors, and the level of maintenance expenditures required to obtain the expected future cash flows from the assets. The Company will amortize these intangible assets over their estimated economic useful lives. The goodwill of $4.4 million arising from the Harris acquisition consists largely of the synergies and econo- mies of scale expected from combining operations, and, to a lesser extent, the assembled workforce of Harris. The goodwill was assigned to the Company’s US Markets and Engineered Systems segments. None of the acquired goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes. 79 The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined results of operations for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2014, respectively, are based on the historical financial statements of the Company and Harris giving effect to the business combination as if it had occurred at the beginning of the period presented. Therefore, this pro forma data has been adjusted to include amortization of purchased intangible assets and interest on the promissory note delivered as part of the purchase price during the entire applicable periods. Additionally, the tax benefit of $2.3 million recorded during the year ended March 31, 2014 was eliminated and the tax benefit was recorded during the year ended March 31, 2013. This data is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would have been generated if the transaction had occurred at the beginning of the respective periods. Moreover, this data is not intended to be indicative of future results of operations (in thousands, other than per share data). Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net loss available to common shareholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loss per share: Acquisition of Harris Pro Forma Results of Operations Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2013 2014 $102,198 (7,489) $92,868 (9,111) Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ (0.36) (0.36) $ (0.43) (0.43) The supplemental pro forma results above exclude any benefits that may result from the acquisition due to synergies that are expected to be derived from the elimination of any duplicative costs. In addition, the pro forma results for the year ended March 31, 2014 was adjusted to exclude non-recurring aggregate acquisition-related costs of $0.2 million that were incurred in 2013. NOTE D — RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS During fiscal 2013, the Company purchased goods and services from an entity in the amount of $40,000, for which a director of the Company serves as a member of the board of directors. During fiscal 2014 and 2015, the Company purchased goods and services from an entity in the amount of $20,000 and $38,000, respectively, for which a director of the Company serves as a minority owner and chairman of the board of directors. NOTE E — LONG-TERM DEBT Long-term debt as of March 31, 2014 and 2015 consisted of the following (in thousands): March 31, 2014 2015 Revolving credit facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Harris seller’s note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Customer equipment finance notes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . First mortgage note payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Debenture payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other long-term debt $ — $ 2,500 1,607 827 — — 120 2,624 2,331 607 675 364 Total long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Less current maturities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,601 (3,450) 5,054 (1,832) Long-term debt, less current maturities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 3,151 $ 3,222 Revolving Credit Agreement On February 6, 2015, the Company entered into a new credit and security agreement (Credit Agreement) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association. The Credit Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility 80 (Credit Facility) that matures on February 6, 2018. Borrowings under the Credit Facility are initially limited to $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base requirement based on eligible receivables and inventory. Such limit may increase to $20.0 million, subject to the borrowing base requirement, after July 31, 2016, if the Company satisfies certain conditions. The Credit Facility includes a $2.0 million sublimit for the issuance of letters of credit. From and after any increase in the Credit Facility limit from $15.0 million to $20.0 million, the Credit Agreement will require the Company to maintain as of the end of each month a minimum ratio for the trailing twelve-month period of (i) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, subject to certain adjustments, to (ii) the sum of cash interest expense, certain principal payments on indebtedness and certain dividends, distributions and stock redemptions, equal to at least 1.10 to 1.00. The Credit Agreement also contains other customary covenants, including certain restrictions on the Company’s ability to incur additional indebted- ness, consolidate or merge, enter into acquisitions, guarantee obligations of third parties, make loans or advances, declare or pay any dividend or distribution on the Company’s stock, redeem or repurchase shares of the Compa- ny’s stock, or pledge or dispose of assets. Each subsidiary of the Company is a joint and several co-borrower or guarantor under the Credit Agree- ment, and the Credit Agreement is secured by a security interest in substantially all of the Company’s and each subsidiary’s personal property (excluding various assets relating to customer OTAs) and a mortgage on certain real property. Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at the daily three-month LIBOR plus 3.0% per annum, with a minimum interest charge for each year or portion of a year during the term of the Credit Agreement of $130,000, regardless of usage. As of March 31, 2015, the interest rate was 3.26%. The Company must pay an unused line fee of 0.25% per annum of the daily average unused amount of the Credit Facility and a letter of credit fee at the rate of 3.0% per annum on the undrawn amount of letters of credit outstanding from time to time under the Credit Facility. As of March 31, 2015, the Company had no outstanding letters of credit. Borrowings outstanding as of March 31, 2015, amounted to approximately $2.5 million and are included in non-current liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company estimates that as of March 31, 2015, it was eligible to borrow an additional $4.4 million under the Credit Facility based upon current levels of eligible inventory and accounts receivable. The Company was in compliance with its covenants in the Credit Agreement as of March 31, 2015. Prior Credit Agreements with JP Morgan The Company previously had an amended credit agreement (Prior Credit Agreement) with JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (JP Morgan) that provided for a revolving credit facility (Prior Credit Facility). Borrowings under the Prior Credit Facility were limited to $15.0 million, subject to a borrowing base requirement when the outstanding principal balance of loans under the Prior Credit Facility was greater than $5.0 million. In addition, the Company previously had a credit agreement with JP Morgan that provided up to $5.0 million that was imme- diately available to fund completed customer contracts under its OTA finance program. The Company had one year from the date of the commitment to borrow under the credit agreement, which expired on September 30, 2012 for new borrowings. On November 6, 2014, the Company received a letter from JP Morgan terminating the bank’s obligations to make any further loans to the Company, and declaring the outstanding loans due and payable, under the revolv- ing Prior Credit Agreement and the OTA credit agreement due to the Company’s failure to meet certain financial covenants. As of such date, the Company had an outstanding OTA credit agreement loan balance of $467,000 and no amounts outstanding on the Prior Credit Agreement. The Company fully satisfied its outstanding obliga- tions under the OTA credit agreement with existing cash balances. 81 Harris Seller’s Note On July 1, 2013, the Company issued an unsecured and subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $3.1 million to partially fund the acquisition of Harris. The note is included in the table above as Har- ris seller’s note. The note bears interest at the rate of 4% per annum. Principal and interest are payable quarterly and the note matures in July 2016. Customer Equipment Finance Notes Payable In December 2014, the Company entered into a secured borrowing agreement with De Lage Landen Finan- cial Services, Inc. in the principal amount of $0.4 million to fund completed customer contracts under its OTA finance program that were previously funded under the OTA credit agreement with JP Morgan, which was terminated in November 2014. This note is included in the table above as customer equipment finance notes payable. The loan amount is secured by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting 25 individual OTA customer contracts. The borrowing agreement bears interest at a rate of 8.36% and matures in December 2016. In September 2010, the Company entered into a note agreement with a financial institution that provided the Company with $2.4 million to fund completed customer contracts under the Company’s OTA finance program. In February 2011, the Company sold a portion of the OTA contracts collateralizing the note to a third party equipment finance company. Accordingly, the Company repaid $1.3 million of the outstanding note balance and recorded a prepayment penalty of $33,000. The note was paid in full in March 2015. This note is included in the table above as customer equipment finance notes payable. The note was collateralized by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting 12 individual OTA customer con- tracts. The note bore interest at 7%. In March 2011, the Company entered into a note agreement with a financial institution that provided the Company with $0.9 million to fund completed customer contracts under the Company’s OTA finance program. This note is included in the table above as customer equipment finance notes payable. The note was paid in full in March 2015. The note was collateralized by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting three individual OTA customer contracts. The note bore interest at 7% and required monthly payments of $20,900. In June 2011, the Company entered into a note agreement with a financial institution that provided the Company with $2.8 million to fund completed customer contracts under the Company’s OTA finance program. This note is included in the table above as customer equipment finance notes payable. The note is collateralized by the OTA-related equipment and the expected future monthly payments under the supporting 40 individual OTA contracts. The note bears interest at 7.85% and matures in April 2016. The note agreement includes a debt service covenant with respect to the supporting OTA contracts that the aggregate amount of all remaining sched- uled payments due with respect to the individual OTA contracts be not less than 1.25 to 1.0 of the remaining principal and interest payments due under the loan. As of March 31, 2015 the Company was in compliance with the debt service covenant. First Mortgage Note Payable In December 2014, the Company entered into an amendment to its mortgage note payable to extend the maturity date from December 1, 2014 to April 1, 2015 on its remaining principal amount of $0.5 million. The Company’s term note was satisfied in full in February 2015. The Company’s first mortgage note payable had an interest rate of prime plus 2.25% (effective rate of 5.50% at March 31, 2015), and required monthly payments of principal and interest of $10,000. This note is included in the table above as first mortgage note payable. The mortgage was secured by a first mortgage on the Company’s manufacturing facility. Debenture Payable The Company’s debenture payable was satisfied in full in February 2015. The Company’s debenture pay- able was issued by Certified Development Company at an effective interest rate of 4.94%. The balance was 82 payable in monthly principal and interest payments of $8,000 and was guaranteed by United States Small Busi- ness Administration 504 program. This payable is included in the table above as debenture payable. The amount due was collateralized by a second mortgage on the manufacturing facility. Other Long-Term Debt In November 2007, the Company completed a Wisconsin Community Development Block Grant with the local city government to provide financing in the amount of $750,000 for the purpose of acquiring additional production equipment. The loan was paid in full in December 2014. This loan is included in the table above as other long-term debt. The loan had an interest rate of 4.9% and was collateralized by the related equipment. The loan required monthly payments of $11,000 through December 2014. In September 2010, the Company entered into a note agreement with the Wisconsin Department of Com- merce that provided the Company with $0.3 million to fund the Company’s rooftop solar project at its Man- itowoc manufacturing facility. This note is included in the table above as other long-term debt. The note is collateralized by the related solar equipment. The note allowed for two years without interest accruing or princi- pal payments due. Beginning in July 2012, the note bears interest at 2% and requires monthly payments of $4,600. The note matures in June 2017. The note agreement requires the Company to maintain a certain number of jobs at its Manitowoc facilities during the note’s duration. The Company was in compliance with all covenants in the note agreement as of March 31, 2015. In January 2011, the Company amended its November 2007 Wisconsin Community Development Block Grant with the local city government to provide the Company with $0.2 million to fund equipment at its Man- itowoc facility. The loan was paid in full in December 2014. This loan is included in the table above as other long-term debt. The amendment to the loan agreement was collateralized by the related equipment. The loan bore interest at 2.1125% and required monthly payments of $3,600 through December 2014. Other long-term debt consisted of a promissory note from the state government to provide working capital and equipment for the development of daylighting technologies. The loan was paid in full in February 2015. The note was secured by the related equipment. The loan bore interest at 2.0% and required monthly payments of $3,400. Aggregate Maturities As of March 31, 2015, aggregate maturities of long-term debt were as follows (in thousands): Fiscal 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $1,832 706 2,516 — — $5,054 83 NOTE F — INCOME TAXES The total provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following for the fiscal years ending (in thousands): Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2015 2013 $ (180) $49 (2,077) — 4,253 $49 $(2,058) $4,073 19 $ Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 2014 $3,803 270 $4,073 $(1,830) (228) $(2,058) 2015 $— 49 $49 A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate and effective income tax rate is as follows: Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2015 2014 2013 Statutory federal tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . State taxes, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Federal tax credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . State tax credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change in valuation reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Permanent items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Change in tax contingency reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34.0% 34.0% 34.0% 3.6% 2.8% 2.3% 0.2% 3.9% 0.9% 0.1% (0.5)% 0.4% (111.7)% (10.2)% (37.0)% 2.3% (2.9)% (0.1)% 3.4% (0.3)% —% 0.2% (1.0)% 1.9% Effective income tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (64.4)% 24.9% (0.2)% The net deferred tax assets and liabilities reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the following components (in thousands): March 31, 2014 2015 Inventory, accruals and reserves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,445 139 44 (1,628) $ 5,297 159 91 (5,547) Total net current deferred tax assets and liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ — $ — Federal and state operating loss carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tax credit carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-qualified stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6,233 1,498 2,541 23 (1,889) (2,125) (6,281) Total net long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ — $ Total net deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ — $ 13,154 1,475 2,914 7 (1,698) (1,687) (14,165) — — 84 The Company is eligible for tax benefits associated with the excess of the tax deduction available for exercises of non-qualified stock options, or NQSOs, over the amount recorded at grant. The amount of the bene- fit is based upon the ultimate deduction reflected in the applicable income tax return. Benefits of $0.1 million, $13,000 and $0 were recorded in fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015, respectively, as a reduction in taxes payable and a credit to additional paid in capital based on the amount that was utilized in the current year. As of March 31, 2015, the Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $38.6 million, of which $3.8 million are associated with the exercise of NQSOs that have not yet been recognized by the Company in its financial statements. The Company also has state net operating loss carryforwards of approx- imately $28.9 million, of which $4.1 million are associated with the exercise of NQSOs. The Company also has federal tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.5 million and state tax credits of $0.8 million. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $19.7 million, equaling the net deferred tax asset due to the uncertainty of its realization value in the future. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015, the valuation allowance against the Company’s net federal and net state deferred tax assets increased $0.8 million and $11.8 million, respectively. The Company considers future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance. In the event that the Company determines that the deferred tax assets are able to be realized, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset would increase income in the period such determination is made. Generally, a change of more than 50% in the ownership of the Company’s stock, by value, over a three year period constitutes an ownership change for federal income tax purposes as defined under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. As a result, the Company’s ability to use its net operating loss carryforwards, attributable to the period prior to such ownership change, to offset taxable income can be subject to limitations in a particular year, which could potentially result in increased future tax liability for the Company. The Company does not believe an ownership change affects the use of the full amount of the net operating loss carryforwards. There was no limitation that occurred for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014, or fiscal 2015. The Company records its tax provision based on the respective tax rules and regulations for the jurisdictions in which it operates. Where the Company believes that a tax position is supportable for income tax purposes, the item is included in their income tax returns. Where treatment of a position is uncertain, a liability is recorded based upon the expected most likely outcome taking into consideration the technical merits of the position based on specific tax regulations and facts of each matter. These liabilities may be affected by changing interpretations of laws, rulings by tax authorities, or the expiration of the statute of limitations. As of December 31, 2011, an examination of the Company’s U.S. federal income tax returns for tax years 2009 to 2011 was complete. The resolution of this examination did not have a material effect on its business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. State income tax returns are generally subject to examination for a period of 3 to 5 years after filing of the respective return. The state effect of any federal changes remains subject to examination by various states for a period of up to two years after formal notification to the states. The Company currently has no state income tax return positions in the process of examination, administrative appeals or litigation. Uncertain tax positions As of March 31, 2015, the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits was approximately $0.2 million, all of which would reduce the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. The Company does not expect these amounts to change in the next twelve months as none of the issues are currently under examination, the statutes of limi- tations do not expire within the period, and the Company is not aware of any pending litigation. 85 The Company has classified the amounts recorded for uncertain tax benefits in the balance sheet as other liabilities (non-current) to the extent that payment is not anticipated within one year. The Company recognizes penalties and interest related to uncertain tax liabilities in income tax expense. Penalties and interest are immate- rial as of the date of adoption and are included in the unrecognized tax benefits. The Company had the following unrecognized tax benefit activity (in thousands): . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Unrecognized tax benefits as of beginning of fiscal year Additions based on tax positions related to the current period positions . . . . Reduction for tax positions of prior years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Reduction due to lapse of statute of limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 406 16 (1) (233) Unrecognized tax benefits as of end of fiscal year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 188 $188 22 — — $210 $210 2 — — $212 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2015 2014 2013 NOTE G — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES Operating Leases The Company leases vehicles and equipment under operating leases expiring at various dates through 2021. Rent expense under operating leases was $1,613,000, $1,238,000 and $398,000 for fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Total annual commitments under non-cancelable operating leases with terms in excess of one year at March 31, 2015 are as follows (in thousands): Fiscal 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thereafter $265 159 96 — $520 Purchase Commitments The Company enters into non-cancellable purchase commitments for certain inventory items in order to secure better pricing and ensure materials on hand and capital expenditures. As of March 31, 2015, the Company had entered into $4.3 million of purchase commitments related to fiscal 2016 for inventory purchases. Retirement Savings Plan The Company sponsors a tax deferred retirement savings plan that permits eligible employees to contribute varying percentages of their compensation up to the limit allowed by the Internal Revenue Service. This plan also provides for discretionary Company contributions. In fiscal 2013, 2014 and 2015, the Company made matching contributions of approximately $8,000, $26,000 and $23,000, respectively. Litigation The Company is subject to various claims and legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. As of the date hereof, the Company is unable to currently assess whether the final resolution of any of such claims or legal proceedings may have a material adverse effect on the Company. In addition to ordinary-course litigation, the Company is a party to the proceedings described below. On March 27, 2014, the Company was named as a defendant in a civil lawsuit filed by Neal R. Verfuerth, the Company’s former chief executive officer who was terminated for cause in November 2012, in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin (Green Bay Division). The plaintiff alleges, among other things, that the Company breached certain agreements entered into with the plaintiff, including the plain- tiff’s employment agreement, and violated certain laws. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified 86 pecuniary and compensatory damages, fees and such other relief as the court may deem just and proper. On November 4, 2014, the court granted the Company’s motion to dismiss six of the plaintiff’s claims. On Jan- uary 9, 2015, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint re-alleging claims that were dismissed by the court, including, among other things, a retaliation claim and certain claims with respect to prior management agree- ments and certain intellectual property rights. On January 22, 2015, the Company filed a motion to dismiss and a motion to strike certain of the claims made in the amended complaint. On May 18, 2015, the court dismissed the intellectual property claims re-alleged in the January 9, 2015 amended complaint. The Company believes that it has substantial legal and factual defenses to the claims and allegations remaining in the case and that the Com- pany will prevail in this proceeding. The Company intends to continue to defend against the claims vigorously. Based upon the current status of the lawsuit, the Company is currently unable to estimate any potential adverse impact on the Company from the plaintiff’s claims and the Company does not believe the lawsuit will have a material adverse impact on its future continuing results of operations. On May 29, 2014, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) filed a claim against the Company alleging certain violations of the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) with regard to an employee. In addition, on August 20, 2014, the EEOC filed a claim against the Company alleging certain violations of the ADA with respect to the Company’s wellness program. The Company does not believe these claims will have a material adverse impact on its future results of operations. State Tax Assessment The Company is currently negotiating a settlement with the Wisconsin Department of Revenue with respect to an assessment regarding the proper classification of the Company’s products for tax purposes under Wisconsin law. The issue under review is whether the installation of the Company’s lighting systems is considered a real property construction activity under Wisconsin law. The Company currently expects to resolve this matter with the Wisconsin Department of Revenue in fiscal 2016. NOTE H — SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY Common Stock Transactions On February 20, 2015, the Company completed an underwritten public offering of 5.46 million shares of its common stock, at an offering price to public of $3.50 per share. Net proceeds of the offering approximated $17.5 million. Share Repurchase Program and Treasury Stock In October 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a share repurchase program authorizing the Company to repurchase in aggregate up to a maximum of $1.0 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. In November 2011, the Company’s Board of Directors approved an increase to the share repurchase pro- gram authorizing the Company to repurchase in aggregate up to a maximum of $2.5 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. In April 2012, the Company’s Board approved another increase to the share repurchase program authorizing the Company to repurchase in aggregate up to a maximum of $7.5 million of the Company’s outstanding common stock. As of March 31, 2015, the Company had repurchased 3.0 million shares of common stock at a cost of $6.8 million under the program. The Company did not repurchase any shares in fiscal 2014 or fiscal 2015 and does not intend to repurchase any additional common stock under this program in the near-term. Shareholder Rights Plan On January 7, 2009, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted a shareholder rights plan and declared a dividend distribution of one common share purchase right (Right) for each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock. The issuance date for the distribution of the Rights was February 15, 2009 to shareholders of record on February 1, 2009. Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one share of the Company’s common stock at a price of $30.00 per share, subject to adjustment (Purchase Price). 87 The Rights will not be exercisable (and will be transferable only with the Company’s common stock) until a “Distribution Date” occurs (or the Rights are earlier redeemed or expire). A Distribution Date generally will occur on the earlier of a public announcement that a person or group of affiliated or associated persons (Acquiring Person) has acquired beneficial ownership of 20% or more of the Company’s outstanding common stock (Shares Acquisition Date) or 10 business days after the commencement of, or the announcement of an intention to make, a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in any such person or group of persons acquiring such beneficial ownership. If a person becomes an Acquiring Person, holders of Rights (except as otherwise provided in the shareholder rights plan) will have the right to receive that number of shares of the Company’s common stock having a market value of two times the then-current Purchase Price, and all Rights beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person, or by certain related parties or transferees, will be null and void. If, after a Shares Acquisition Date, the Company is acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction or 50% or more of its consolidated assets or earn- ing power are sold, proper provision will be made so that each holder of a Right (except as otherwise provided in the shareholder rights plan) will thereafter have the right to receive that number of shares of the acquiring company’s common stock which at the time of such transaction will have a market value of two times the then- current Purchase Price. Until a Right is exercised, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a shareholder of the Company. At any time prior to a person becoming an Acquiring Person, the Board of Directors of the Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $0.001 per Right. Unless they are extended or earlier redeemed or exchanged, the Rights will expire on January 7, 2019. Employee Stock Purchase Plan In August 2010, the Company’s board of directors approved a non-compensatory employee stock purchase plan, or ESPP. The ESPP authorizes 2,500,000 million shares to be issued from treasury or authorized shares to satisfy employee share purchases under the ESPP. All full-time employees of the Company are eligible to be granted a non-transferable purchase right each calendar quarter to purchase directly from the Company up to $20,000 of the Company’s common stock at a purchase price equal to 100% of the closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on the NYSE MKT exchange on the last trading day of each quarter. The ESPP allows for employee loans from the Company, except for Section 16 officers, limited to 20% of an individual’s annual income and no more than $250,000 outstanding at any one time. Interest on the loans is charged at the 10-year loan IRS rate and is payable at the end of each calendar year or upon loan maturity. The loans are secured by a pledge of any and all the Company’s shares purchased by the participant under the ESPP and the Company has full recourse against including offset against compensation payable. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had halted the loan program. The Company had the following shares issued from treasury during fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2015: the employee, Shares Issued Under ESPP Plan Closing Market Price As of March 31, 2014 Shares Issued Under Loan Program Dollar Value of Loans Issued Quarter Ended June 30, 2013 . . . . . . . . Quarter Ended September 30, 2013 . . . Quarter Ended December 31, 2013 . . . Quarter Ended March 31, 2014 . . . . . . 990 702 319 362 $ $ $ $ 2.48 3.76 6.80 7.25 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2,373 $2.48 -7 .25 — — — — — $— — — — $— 88 Repayment of Loans $ 823 118,309 94,300 1,677 $215,109 Shares Issued Under ESPP Plan Closing Market Price As of March 31, 2015 Shares Issued Under Loan Program Dollar Value of Loans Issued Quarter Ended June 30, 2014 . . . . . . . . Quarter Ended September 30, 2014 . . . Quarter Ended December 31, 2014 . . . Quarter Ended March 31, 2015 . . . . . . 383 322 289 492 $ $ $ $ 4.07 5.35 5.41 3.14 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,486 $3.14 - 5.41 — — — — — $— — — — $— Repayment of Loans $ 9,600 1,000 — 35,400 $ 46,000 Loans issued to employees are reflected on the Company’s balance sheet as a contra-equity account. NOTE I — STOCK OPTIONS, RESTRICTED SHARES AND WARRANTS The Company grants stock options and restricted stock under its 2003 Stock Option and 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plans (Plans). Under the terms of the Plans, the Company has reserved 13,500,000 shares for issuance to key employees, consultants and directors. The options generally vest and become exercisable ratably between one month and five years although longer and shorter vesting periods have been used in certain circum- stances. Exercisability of the options granted to employees are generally contingent on the employees’ continued employment and non-vested options are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates for any reason. Options under the Plans have a maximum life of 10 years. In the past, the Company has granted both ISOs and NQSOs, although in July 2008, the Company adopted a policy of thereafter only granting NQSOs. In fiscal 2011, the Company converted all of its existing ISO awards to NQSO awards. No consideration was given to the employ- ees for their voluntary conversion of ISO awards. Certain non-employee directors have elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation pursuant to elections made under the Company’s non-employee director compensation program. The Plans also provide to certain employees accelerated vesting in the event of certain changes of control of the Company as well as under other special circumstances. In June 2012, the Company’s compensation committee approved the issuance of restricted shares under the Plans to key employees to provide an opportunity for such employees to earn long-term equity incentive awards. In May 2013, the compensation committee of the Board of Directors changed the Company’s long-term equity incentive grant policy so that only restricted shares are issued to all employees under the Plans. The restricted shares are settled in Company stock when the restriction period ends. Compensation cost for restricted shares granted to employees is recognized ratably over the vesting term, which is between three to five years. Settle- ment of the shares is contingent on the employees’ continued employment and non-vested shares are subject to forfeiture if employment terminates for any reason. In fiscal 2014, an aggregate of 526,663 restricted shares were granted valued at a price per share between $2.41 and $6.97, which was the closing market price as of each grant date. In fiscal 2015, an aggregate of 410,496 restricted shares were granted valued at a price per share between $4.16 and $7.23, which was the closing market price as of each grant date. In fiscal 2013, the Company granted 30,422 shares from the 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan to cer- tain non-employee directors who elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation. The shares were valued ranging from $1.62 to $2.57 per share, the closing market price as of the issuance dates. In fiscal 2014, the Company granted 33,641 shares from the 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan to certain non-employee direc- tors who elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation. The shares were valued ranging from $2.41 to $5.73 per share, the closing market price as of the issuance dates. In fiscal 2015, the Company granted 27,931 shares from the 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan to certain non-employee directors who elected to receive stock awards in lieu of cash compensation. The shares were valued ranging from $4.20 to $5.23 per share, the closing market price as of the issuance dates. Additionally, during fiscal 2013, the Company issued 3,000 shares to a consultant as part of a consulting compensation agreement. The shares were valued at $2.03 per share, the closing market price as of the issuance date. 89 In fiscal 2014, the Company recorded $0.2 million of stock-based compensation related to the deferred con- sideration for employee Harris Shareholders resulting from the Harris acquisition. The following amounts of stock-based compensation were recorded (in thousands): Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2015 2014 2013 Cost of product revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 114 578 451 21 $ 70 1,025 485 13 $ 50 1,056 360 33 $1,164 $1,593 $1,499 The number of shares available for grant under the plans were as follows: Available at March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Granted stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Granted shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restricted Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeited restricted shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeited stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,406,090 (1,054,876) (33,422) (163,750) 58,750 1,419,986 Available at March 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Granted stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Granted shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restricted Shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeited restricted shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeited stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Available at March 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Granted stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Granted shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Restricted shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeited restricted shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeited stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,632,778 (305,544) (33,641) (526,663) 69,375 455,691 1,291,996 — (27,931) (410,496) 74,957 150,074 Available at March 31, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,078,600 90 The following table summarizes information with respect to outstanding stock options: Outstanding at March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outstanding at March 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outstanding at March 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Number of Shares 3,697,633 1,054,876 (20,000) (1,419,986) 3,312,523 305,544 (446,059) (455,691) 2,716,317 — (139,407) (150,074) Outstanding at March 31, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . 2,426,836 Exercisable at March 31, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,844,994 Weighted Average Exercise Price $3.76 $1.98 $2.25 $3.26 $3.42 $1.98 $2.25 $3.26 $3.43 $ — $2.46 $3.13 $3.50 Weighted Average Fair Value of Options Granted 1.95 Aggregate Intrinsic Value 1.23 1.32 — $1,231,344 $ 740,802 The following table summarizes the range of exercise prices on outstanding stock options at March 31, 2015: $1.62 — 2.25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2.41 — 2.75 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $2.86 — 4.28 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $4.49 — 4.76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $5.35 — 6.05 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $9.00 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $10.14 — 11.61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . March 31, 2015 Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years) Weighted Average Exercise Price 5.88 7.18 4.98 2.19 3.99 2.61 3.05 5.38 $ 1.99 2.47 3.43 4.63 5.46 9.00 10.99 $ 3.50 Weighted Average Exercise Price $ 2.01 2.46 3.46 4.63 5.46 9.00 10.99 Vested 456,551 285,432 667,054 44,400 218,706 43,000 129,851 1,844,994 $ 3.87 Outstanding 781,276 436,144 773,459 44,400 218,706 43,000 129,851 2,426,836 The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, which is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the underlying stock options and the fair value of the Company’s closing common stock price of $3.14 as of March 31, 2015. 91 Unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested common stock-based compensation as of March 31, 2015 is as follows (in thousands): Fiscal 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fiscal 2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 1,277 902 487 201 22 — Remaining weighted average expected term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 2,889 3.5 years During fiscal 2015, the Company granted restricted shares as follows (which are included in the above stock plan activity tables): Balance at March 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shares issued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shares vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shares forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539,204 410,496 (170,055) (74,957) Shares outstanding at March 31, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Per share price on grant date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704,688 $ 4.16-7.23 $1,034,945 As of March 31, 2015, the weighted average grant-date fair value of restricted shares granted was $4.63. The Company previously issued warrants in connection with various stock offerings and services rendered. The warrants granted the holder the option to purchase common stock at specified prices for a specified period of time. No warrants were issued in fiscal 2013, 2014 or 2015. During fiscal 2015, all warrants outstanding for a total of 38,980 shares were exercised at $2.25 per share, and as a result, none remaining outstanding. A summary of warrant activity is as follows: Number of Shares Weighted Average Exercise Price Outstanding at March 31, 2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Issued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cancelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outstanding at March 31, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Issued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cancelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38,980 — — — 38,980 — — — Outstanding at March 31, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Issued . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cancelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38,980 — (38,980) — Outstanding at March 31, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — $2.25 — $ — $ — $2.25 — — — $2.25 — 2.25 — $ — 92 NOTE J — SEGMENT DATA Beginning in fiscal 2015, the Company reorganized its business into the following business segments: U.S. markets, Orion engineered systems and Orion distribution services. The accounting policies are the same for each business segment as they are on a consolidated basis. Historically, sales of all of the Company’s lighting products and the related costs were included in its energy management division. The descriptions of the Company’s segments and their summary financial information are presented below. U.S. Markets The U.S. Markets Division sells lighting solutions into the wholesale markets. Engineered Systems The Engineered Systems Division sells lighting products and construction and engineering services direct to end users. The Engineered Systems Division also completes the construction management services related to existing contracted solar PV projects. Distribution Services The Distribution Services Division sells lighting products internationally and is developing a network of broad line distributors. Corporate and Other Corporate and Other is comprised of operating expenses not directly allocated to the Company’s segments and adjustments to reconcile to consolidated results, which primarily include intercompany eliminations. (dollars in thousands) Segments: U.S. Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engineered Systems . . . . . . . . . . Distribution Services . . . . . . . . . . Corporate and Other . . . . . . . . . . Revenues For the year ended March 31, 2014 2013 2015 Operating (Loss) Profit For the year ended March 31, 2015 2014 2013 $30,262 55,824 — — $86,086 $38,766 49,857 — — $88,623 $37,778 33,454 978 — $72,210 $ 110 806 — (7,520) $(6,604) $(1,012) 1,260 (8,591) $(8,343) $(12,542) (12,431) (455) (6,508) $(31,936) (dollars in thousands) Segments: U.S. Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engineered Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distribution Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corporate and Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Depreciation and Amortization For the year ended March 31, 2015 2014 2013 Capital Expenditures For the year ended March 31, 2014 2013 2015 $1,774 249 — 2,554 $4,577 $2,667 302 — 1,569 $4,538 $1,711 1,404 32 1,036 $4,183 $ 993 50 — 1,116 $2,159 $276 — — 134 $410 $ 626 495 40 845 $2,006 (dollars in thousands) Segments: U.S. Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Engineered Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Distribution Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Corporate and Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Total Assets Deferred Revenue March 31, 2014 March 31, 2015 March 31, 2014 March 31, 2015 $36,340 28,309 — 34,291 $98,940 $27,769 27,435 261 32,340 $87,805 $ 244 1,686 — — $1,930 $ 157 1,363 — — $1,520 93 The Company’s revenue and long-lived assets outside the United States are insignificant. NOTE K — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS On June 3, 2015, the Company provided written notice to The New York Stock Exchange that the Company expects to voluntarily cease trading on the NYSE MKT and intends to transfer its listing to the NASDAQ Capital Market to commence trading on June 15, 2015. NOTE L — QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED) Summary quarterly results for the years ended March 31, 2014 and March 31, 2015 are as follows: Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic net income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shares used in basic per share calculation . . . . . . . . . . Diluted net income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shares used in diluted per share calculation . . . . . . . . Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Basic net income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shares used in basic per share calculation . . . . . . . . . . Diluted net income per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Shares used in diluted per share calculation . . . . . . . . Jun 30, 2013 $20,852 $ 5,723 $ (781) $ (0.04) 20,174 $ (0.04) 20,174 Jun 30, 2014 $13,313 $ 2,612 $ (4,359) $ (0.20) 21,669 $ (0.20) 21,669 Sep 30, 2013 Mar 31, 2014 Three Months Ended Dec 31, 2013 (in thousands, except per share amounts) $27,692 $ 27,495 $ 8,150 $ 7,829 $ 1,018 $ 2,403 0.11 0.05 $ $ 21,220 21,090 0.11 0.05 22,329 21,542 $12,584 $ 1,278 $ (8,839) $ (0.41) 21,469 $ (0.41) 21,469 $ $ Sep 30, 2014 Mar 31, 2015 Three Months Ended Dec 31, 2014 (in thousands, except per share amounts) $26,138 $ 13,393 $ 3,824 $(10,555) $ (4,663) $(18,346) $ (0.21) (0.84) $ 21,883 21,820 $ (0.21) (0.84) 21,883 21,820 $19,366 $ 2,982 $ (4,693) $ (0.19) 24,071 $ (0.19) 24,071 $ Total $ 88,623 $ 22,980 $ (6,199) (0.30) $ 20,988 (0.30) 20,988 $ Total $ 72,210 $ (1,137) $(32,061) (1.43) $ 22,353 (1.43) 22,353 $ The four quarters for net earnings per share may not add to the total year because of differences in the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the quarters and the year. 94 ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or Exchange Act, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal execu- tive and principal financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management evaluated, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal control over financial report- ing as of March 31, 2015, pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15 and 15d-15. Based upon such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer along with our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and proce- dures were effective as of March 31, 2015. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regard- ing the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that: ‰ pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; ‰ provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of our management and directors: and ‰ provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect mis- statements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies and procedures may deteriorate. Our management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth in 2013 by the Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Based on this assessment using the COSO criteria, management believes that, as of March 31, 2015, our internal control over financial reporting was effective. BDO USA, LLP, independent registered public accounting firm has audited our consolidated financial state- ments for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, and our internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2015. Their reports appear in Item 8 under the heading “Reports of Independent Registered Pub- lic Accounting Firm” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 95 Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended March 31, 2015, that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION None. PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE The information required by this item with respect to directors, executive officers and corporate governance is incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. Code of Conduct We have adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to all of our directors, employees and officers, including our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer, our controller and persons performing similar functions. Our Code of Conduct is available on our web site at www.oesx.com. Future material amendments or waivers relating to the Code of Conduct will be disclosed on our web site referenced in this paragraph within four business days following the date of such amendment or waiver. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s Proxy Statement for its 2015 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2015. 96 PART IV ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES (a) Financial Statements Our financial statements are set forth in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. (b) Financial Statement Schedule SCHEDULE II VALUATION and QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS Balance at beginning of period Provisions charged to expense Write offs and other Balance at end of period (in Thousands) March 31, 2013 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . 2015 Allowance for Doubtful Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . 2013 Inventory Obsolescence Reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . 2014 Inventory Obsolescence Reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . 2015 Inventory Obsolescence Reserve . . . . . . . . . . . . 947 $ 900 $ 384 1,500 $2,301 $2,527 $ $ 757 174 285 859 $ 1,995 $10,505 $ $ 804 690 211 58 $ 1,769 $11,414 900 $ 384 $ 458 2,301 $2,527 $1,618 97 Number 2.1 2.1(a) 2.1(b) 3.1 3.2 4.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.4(a) 10.5 10.6 10.7 10.8 10.9 10.10 10.11 EXHIBIT INDEX Exhibit Title Stock and Unit Purchase Agreement dated May 22, 2013 between Orion Energy Systems, Inc., Harris Manufacturing, Inc., Harris LED, LLC, and their respective shareholders and members filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on July 2, 2013, is hereby incorporated by reference. Letter Agreement with respect to Stock and Unit Purchase Agreement dated May 22, 2013 between Orion Energy Systems, Inc., Harris Manufacturing, Inc., Harris LED, LLC their respective shareholders and members filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed on November 8, 2013, is hereby incorporated by reference. Letter Agreement with shareholders of Harris Manufacturing Inc. and Harris LED, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 10-Q filed February 9, 2015, is hereby incorporated by reference. Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Orion Energy Systems, Inc., filed as Exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference. Amended and Restated Bylaws of Orion Energy Systems, Inc., filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed November 8, 2013, is hereby incorporated by reference. Rights Agreement, dated as of January 7, 2009, between Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., which includes as Exhibit A thereto the Form of Right Certificate and as Exhibit B thereto the Summary of Common Share Purchase Rights, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-A filed January 8, 2009, is hereby incorporated by reference. Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan, as amended, filed as Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.* Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2003 Stock Option Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.* Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.* Amendment September 9, 2011 as Appendix A to the Registrant’s definitive proxy statement incorporated by reference.* Form of Stock Option Agreement under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Equity Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Form S-1 filed August 20, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.* Form of Stock Option Agreement as of May 14, 2013 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on June 14, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.* Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of May 14, 2013 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on June 14, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.* Summary of Non-Employee Director Compensation for fiscal 2015.* + Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, dated February 21, 2008, by and between Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and Michael J. Potts, filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed February 22, 2008, is hereby incorporated by reference.* Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, dated as of September 27, 2012, by and between Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and John H. Scribante, filed as Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed September 28, 2012, is hereby incorporated by reference.* Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, effective November 9, 2012 between the Company and Scott R. Jensen, filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Form 10-Q filed November 9, 2012, is hereby incorporated by reference.* Inc. 2004 Stock and Incentive Awards Plan, to Orion Energy Systems, filed is hereby 98 Number 10.12 10.13 10.14 10.15 10.16 10.17 10.18 10.19 10.20 10.21 21.1 23.1 31.1 31.2 32.1 101 Exhibit Title Letter Agreement effective December 1, 2012 between the Company and John H. Scribante, filed as Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 6, 2012, is hereby incorporated by reference.* Letter Agreement effective December 1, 2012 between the Company and Michael J. Potts, filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 6, 2012, is hereby incorporated by reference.* Letter Agreement effective December 1, 2012 between the Company and Scott R. Jensen, filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 6, 2012, is hereby incorporated by reference.* Executive Employment and Severance Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2014, by and between Orion Energy Systems, Inc. and Marc Meade filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 6, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.* Form of Executive Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of May 14, 2014 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan filed as Exhibit 10.17 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on June 13, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.* Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of May 14, 2014 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan filed as Exhibit 10.18 to the Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on June 13, 2014, is hereby incorporated by reference.* Form of Executive Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of May 26, 2015 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan.*+ Form of Executive Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award Agreement as of May 26, 2015 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan.*+ Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Award Agreement as of May 26, 2015 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan.*+ Form of Non-Employee Director Tandem Restricted Stock and Cash Award Agreement as of May 26, 2015 under the Orion Energy Systems, Inc. 2004 Stock and Inventive Awards Plan.*+ Subsidiaries of Orion Energy Systems, Inc.+ Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. + Certification of Chief Executive Officer of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. + Certification of Chief Financial Officer of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. + Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Orion Energy Systems, Inc. pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. + 101.INS XBRL Instance Document+ 101.SCH Taxonomy extension schema document 101.CAL Taxonomy extension calculation linkbase document 101.LAB Taxonomy extension label linkbase document 101.PRE Taxonomy extension presentation linkbase document Documents incorporated by reference by Orion Energy Systems, Inc. are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under File No. 001-33887. * Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. + Filed herewith 99 Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on June 12, 2015. SIGNATURES ORION ENERGY SYSTEMS, INC. By: /s/ JOHN H. SCRIBANTE John H. Scribante Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities indicated on June 12, 2015. Signature Title /s/ JOHN H. SCRIBANTE John H. Scribante /s/ SCOTT R. JENSEN Scott R. Jensen /s/ JAMES R. KACKLEY James R. Kackley /s/ MICHAEL W. ALTSCHAEFL Michael W. Altschaefl /s/ KENNETH L. GOODSON, JR. Kenneth L. Goodson, Jr. /s/ TRYG C. JACOBSON Tryg C. Jacobson /s/ JAMES D. LESLIE James D. Leslie /s/ MICHAEL J. POTTS Michael J. Potts /s/ ELIZABETH GAMSKY RICH Elizabeth Gamsky Rich /s/ THOMAS N. SCHUELLER Thomas N. Schueller /s/ MARK C. WILLIAMSON Mark C. Williamson Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer (Principal Financial Officer) Chairman of the Board Director Director Director Director Director Director Director Director 100 Elizabeth Gamsky Rich(2),(3) Owner and Attorney Elizabeth Gamsky Rich & Associates S.C. Thomas N. Schueller(1),(3a) Retired Chief Credit Officer and Managing Director Lake Shore Wisconsin Corporation Mark C. Williamson(1),(2a) Partner Putnam Roby Williamson Communications of Madison, Wis. (1) Audit and Finance Committee (2) Compensation Committee (3) Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (4) Chairman of the Board (a) Committee Chair Executive Officers John H. Scribante Chief Executive Officer Michael J. Potts President and Chief Operating Officer Scott R. Jensen Chief Financial Officer, Chief Accounting Officer and Treasurer Marc Meade Executive Vice President Board of Directors John H. Scribante Chief Executive Officer Orion Energy Systems, Inc. Michael W. Altschaefl(1a),(3) President Still Water Partners, Inc. Kenneth L. Goodson, Jr(1) Retired Executive Vice-President Herman Miller Inc. Tryg C. Jacobson(2) Founder and President Jake’s Café LLC James R. Kackley(1),(2),(3),(4) Retired President and Chief Operating Officer Orion Energy Systems, Inc. James D. Leslie(2) Chief Operating Officer Vidku, Inc. Michael J. Potts President and Chief Operating Officer Orion Energy Systems, Inc. NASDAQ Capital Market: OESX 2210 Woodland Drive, Manitowoc, WI 54220 

Continue reading text version or see original annual report in PDF format above